| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" | 
 | 2 |                       "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd"> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3 | <html> | 
 | 4 | <head> | 
 | 5 |   <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3921c74 | 2004-08-26 20:44:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6 |   <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> | 
 | 7 |   <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner"> | 
 | 8 |   <meta name="description"  | 
 | 9 |   content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual."> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 10 |   <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css"> | 
 | 11 | </head> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 12 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 13 | <body> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 14 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | <div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | <ol> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 |   <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li> | 
 | 18 |   <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li> | 
 | 19 |   <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 |   <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a> | 
 | 21 |     <ol> | 
 | 22 |       <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 |       <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 |       <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 |       <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 4e9aba7 | 2006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 |       <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li> | 
 | 27 |       <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 |     </ol> | 
 | 29 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 |   <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a> | 
 | 31 |     <ol> | 
| Robert Bocchino | 7b81c75 | 2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 |       <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>     | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 |         <ol> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 |           <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 |         </ol> | 
 | 36 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 |       <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a> | 
 | 38 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 |           <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 |           <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li> | 
 | 41 |           <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 |           <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 |           <li><a href="#t_packed">Packed Type</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 |           <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 |         </ol> | 
 | 46 |       </li> | 
 | 47 |     </ol> | 
 | 48 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 |   <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 |     <ol> | 
 | 51 |       <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a> | 
 | 52 |       <li><a href="#aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a> | 
 | 53 |       <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a> | 
 | 54 |       <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a> | 
 | 55 |       <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a> | 
 | 56 |     </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | e87d653 | 2006-01-25 23:47:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 |   <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a> | 
 | 59 |     <ol> | 
 | 60 |       <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a> | 
 | 61 |     </ol> | 
 | 62 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 |   <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a> | 
 | 64 |     <ol> | 
 | 65 |       <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a> | 
 | 66 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 |           <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 68 |           <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 |           <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 70 |           <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 |           <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 |           <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 |         </ol> | 
 | 74 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 75 |       <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a> | 
 | 76 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 |           <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 78 |           <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 79 |           <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 80 |           <li><a href="#i_div">'<tt>div</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 81 |           <li><a href="#i_rem">'<tt>rem</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 82 |           <li><a href="#i_setcc">'<tt>set<i>cc</i></tt>' Instructions</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 |         </ol> | 
 | 84 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 |       <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a> | 
 | 86 |         <ol> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 |           <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 |           <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 |           <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 90 |           <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 91 |           <li><a href="#i_shr">'<tt>shr</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 |         </ol> | 
 | 93 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 3df241e | 2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 |       <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a> | 
 | 95 |         <ol> | 
 | 96 |           <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 97 |           <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 98 |           <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Tanya Lattner | 0947429 | 2006-04-14 19:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 99 |           <li><a href="#i_vsetint">'<tt>vsetint</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 100 |           <li><a href="#i_vsetfp">'<tt>vsetfp</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 101 |           <li><a href="#i_vselect">'<tt>vselect</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 3df241e | 2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 102 |         </ol> | 
 | 103 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 884a970 | 2006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 104 |       <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 105 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 |           <li><a href="#i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>'   Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 107 |           <li><a href="#i_free">'<tt>free</tt>'     Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 108 |           <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>'   Instruction</a></li> | 
| Robert Bocchino | 7b81c75 | 2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 109 |          <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'     Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 110 |          <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'    Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 111 |          <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 112 |         </ol> | 
 | 113 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 |       <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a> | 
 | 115 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 116 |           <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>'   Instruction</a></li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 |           <li><a href="#i_cast">'<tt>cast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 118 |           <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 |           <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | fb6977d | 2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 |           <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 |         </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 122 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 |     </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 124 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 |   <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 |     <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 127 |       <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 128 |         <ol> | 
 | 129 |           <li><a href="#i_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 130 |           <li><a href="#i_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>'   Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 131 |           <li><a href="#i_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>'  Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 132 |         </ol> | 
 | 133 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 134 |       <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 135 |         <ol> | 
 | 136 |           <li><a href="#i_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 137 |           <li><a href="#i_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 138 |           <li><a href="#i_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 139 |         </ol> | 
 | 140 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 141 |       <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 142 |         <ol> | 
 | 143 |           <li><a href="#i_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 144 |           <li><a href="#i_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>'   Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 57e1f39 | 2006-01-13 02:03:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 |           <li><a href="#i_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 146 |           <li><a href="#i_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 |           <li><a href="#i_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 7f4ec3b | 2005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 |           <li><a href="#i_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 51b8d54 | 2005-11-11 16:47:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 |           <li><a href="#i_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| John Criswell | 7123e27 | 2004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 150 |         </ol> | 
 | 151 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 |       <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 153 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 |           <li><a href="#i_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 155 |           <li><a href="#i_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 156 |           <li><a href="#i_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 157 |           <li><a href="#i_isunordered">'<tt>llvm.isunordered.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 158 |           <li><a href="#i_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | f4d252d | 2006-09-08 06:34:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 159 |           <li><a href="#i_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 |         </ol> | 
 | 161 |       </li> | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 162 |       <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 |         <ol> | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 |           <li><a href="#i_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8a886be | 2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 |           <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
 | 166 |           <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
 | 167 |           <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 168 |         </ol> | 
 | 169 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 |       <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 |     </ol> | 
 | 172 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 |  | 
 | 175 | <div class="doc_author"> | 
 | 176 |   <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a> | 
 | 177 |             and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 179 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 180 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div> | 
 | 182 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | <p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language.  | 
 | 186 | LLVM is an SSA based representation that provides type safety, | 
 | 187 | low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing | 
 | 188 | 'all' high-level languages cleanly.  It is the common code | 
 | 189 | representation used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation | 
 | 190 | strategy.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 192 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 193 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div> | 
 | 195 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 196 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 197 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 198 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 199 | <p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three | 
 | 200 | different forms: as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bytecode | 
 | 201 | representation (suitable for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), | 
 | 202 | and as a human readable assembly language representation.  This allows | 
 | 203 | LLVM to provide a powerful intermediate representation for efficient | 
 | 204 | compiler transformations and analysis, while providing a natural means | 
 | 205 | to debug and visualize the transformations.  The three different forms | 
 | 206 | of LLVM are all equivalent.  This document describes the human readable | 
 | 207 | representation and notation.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 |  | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 209 | <p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 210 | while being expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time.  It | 
 | 211 | aims to be a "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level | 
 | 212 | that high-level ideas may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how | 
 | 213 | microprocessors are "universal IR's", allowing many source languages to | 
 | 214 | be mapped to them).  By providing type information, LLVM can be used as | 
 | 215 | the target of optimizations: for example, through pointer analysis, it | 
 | 216 | can be proven that a C automatic variable is never accessed outside of | 
 | 217 | the current function... allowing it to be promoted to a simple SSA | 
 | 218 | value instead of a memory location.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 219 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 220 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 221 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 223 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 224 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 226 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 227 | <p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' | 
 | 228 | LLVM assembly language.  There is a difference between what the parser | 
 | 229 | accepts and what is considered 'well formed'.  For example, the | 
 | 230 | following instruction is syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 231 |  | 
 | 232 | <pre> | 
 | 233 |   %x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> int 1, %x | 
 | 234 | </pre> | 
 | 235 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | <p>...because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of | 
 | 237 | its uses. The LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may | 
 | 238 | be used to verify that an LLVM module is well formed.  This pass is | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | automatically run by the parser after parsing input assembly and by | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | the optimizer before it outputs bytecode.  The violations pointed out | 
 | 241 | by the verifier pass indicate bugs in transformation passes or input to | 
 | 242 | the parser.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 243 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 244 | <!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. --> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 245 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 246 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 248 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 249 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 251 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | <p>LLVM uses three different forms of identifiers, for different | 
 | 253 | purposes:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 255 | <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 256 |   <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with a '%' prefix. | 
 | 257 |   For example, %foo, %DivisionByZero, %a.really.long.identifier.  The actual | 
 | 258 |   regular expression used is '<tt>%[a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. | 
 | 259 |   Identifiers which require other characters in their names can be surrounded | 
 | 260 |   with quotes.  In this way, anything except a <tt>"</tt> character can be used | 
 | 261 |   in a name.</li> | 
 | 262 |  | 
 | 263 |   <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with a '%' | 
 | 264 |   prefix.  For example, %12, %2, %44.</li> | 
 | 265 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | cc16dc3 | 2004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 |   <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about | 
 | 267 |   constants</a>, below.</li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 269 |  | 
 | 270 | <p>LLVM requires that values start with a '%' sign for two reasons: Compilers | 
 | 271 | don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of | 
 | 272 | reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty.  Additionally, | 
 | 273 | unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary | 
 | 274 | variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p> | 
 | 275 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 276 | <p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other | 
 | 277 | languages. There are keywords for different opcodes ('<tt><a | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 278 | href="#i_add">add</a></tt>', '<tt><a href="#i_cast">cast</a></tt>', '<tt><a | 
 | 279 | href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names ('<tt><a | 
 | 280 | href="#t_void">void</a></tt>', '<tt><a href="#t_uint">uint</a></tt>', etc...), | 
 | 281 | and others.  These reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because | 
 | 282 | none of them start with a '%' character.</p> | 
 | 283 |  | 
 | 284 | <p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable | 
 | 285 | '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p> | 
 | 286 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 287 | <p>The easy way:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 288 |  | 
 | 289 | <pre> | 
 | 290 |   %result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> uint %X, 8 | 
 | 291 | </pre> | 
 | 292 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 293 | <p>After strength reduction:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 294 |  | 
 | 295 | <pre> | 
 | 296 |   %result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> uint %X, ubyte 3 | 
 | 297 | </pre> | 
 | 298 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 | <p>And the hard way:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 |  | 
 | 301 | <pre> | 
 | 302 |   <a href="#i_add">add</a> uint %X, %X           <i>; yields {uint}:%0</i> | 
 | 303 |   <a href="#i_add">add</a> uint %0, %0           <i>; yields {uint}:%1</i> | 
 | 304 |   %result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> uint %1, %1 | 
 | 305 | </pre> | 
 | 306 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | <p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several | 
 | 308 | important lexical features of LLVM:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 310 | <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 |  | 
 | 312 |   <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of | 
 | 313 |   line.</li> | 
 | 314 |  | 
 | 315 |   <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not | 
 | 316 |   assigned to a named value.</li> | 
 | 317 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 |   <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 319 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 320 | </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 321 |  | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 | <p>...and it also shows a convention that we follow in this document.  When | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 323 | demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that | 
 | 324 | defines the type and name of value produced.  Comments are shown in italic | 
 | 325 | text.</p> | 
 | 326 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 328 |  | 
 | 329 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
 | 330 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div> | 
 | 331 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
 | 332 |  | 
 | 333 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 334 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a> | 
 | 335 | </div> | 
 | 336 |  | 
 | 337 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 338 |  | 
 | 339 | <p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a | 
 | 340 | translation unit of the input programs.  Each module consists of | 
 | 341 | functions, global variables, and symbol table entries.  Modules may be | 
 | 342 | combined together with the LLVM linker, which merges function (and | 
 | 343 | global variable) definitions, resolves forward declarations, and merges | 
 | 344 | symbol table entries. Here is an example of the "hello world" module:</p> | 
 | 345 |  | 
 | 346 | <pre><i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant...</i> | 
 | 347 | <a href="#identifiers">%.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a | 
 | 348 |  href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x sbyte]</a> c"hello world\0A\00"          <i>; [13 x sbyte]*</i> | 
 | 349 |  | 
 | 350 | <i>; External declaration of the puts function</i> | 
 | 351 | <a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> int %puts(sbyte*)                                            <i>; int(sbyte*)* </i> | 
 | 352 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 81c01f0 | 2006-06-13 03:05:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | <i>; Global variable / Function body section separator</i> | 
 | 354 | implementation | 
 | 355 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 356 | <i>; Definition of main function</i> | 
 | 357 | int %main() {                                                        <i>; int()* </i> | 
 | 358 |         <i>; Convert [13x sbyte]* to sbyte *...</i> | 
 | 359 |         %cast210 = <a | 
 | 360 |  href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x sbyte]* %.LC0, long 0, long 0 <i>; sbyte*</i> | 
 | 361 |  | 
 | 362 |         <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout...</i> | 
 | 363 |         <a | 
 | 364 |  href="#i_call">call</a> int %puts(sbyte* %cast210)                              <i>; int</i> | 
 | 365 |         <a | 
 | 366 |  href="#i_ret">ret</a> int 0<br>}<br></pre> | 
 | 367 |  | 
 | 368 | <p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> | 
 | 369 | named "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" | 
 | 370 | function, and a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> | 
 | 371 | for "<tt>main</tt>".</p> | 
 | 372 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 373 | <p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, | 
 | 374 | where both functions and global variables are global values.  Global values are | 
 | 375 | represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an | 
 | 376 | array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the following <a | 
 | 377 | href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 378 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 81c01f0 | 2006-06-13 03:05:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | <p>Due to a limitation in the current LLVM assembly parser (it is limited by | 
 | 380 | one-token lookahead), modules are split into two pieces by the "implementation" | 
 | 381 | keyword.  Global variable prototypes and definitions must occur before the | 
 | 382 | keyword, and function definitions must occur after it.  Function prototypes may | 
 | 383 | occur either before or after it.  In the future, the implementation keyword may | 
 | 384 | become a noop, if the parser gets smarter.</p> | 
 | 385 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | </div> | 
 | 387 |  | 
 | 388 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 389 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 390 |   <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a> | 
 | 391 | </div> | 
 | 392 |  | 
 | 393 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 394 |  | 
 | 395 | <p> | 
 | 396 | All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of linkage: | 
 | 397 | </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 |  | 
 | 399 | <dl> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt> </dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 |  | 
 | 403 |   <dd>Global values with internal linkage are only directly accessible by | 
 | 404 |   objects in the current module.  In particular, linking code into a module with | 
 | 405 |   an internal global value may cause the internal to be renamed as necessary to | 
 | 406 |   avoid collisions.  Because the symbol is internal to the module, all | 
 | 407 |   references can be updated.  This corresponds to the notion of the | 
 | 408 |   '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C, or the idea of "anonymous namespaces" in C++. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 409 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 |  | 
 | 413 |   <dd>"<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage is similar to <tt>internal</tt> linkage, with | 
 | 414 |   the twist that linking together two modules defining the same | 
 | 415 |   <tt>linkonce</tt> globals will cause one of the globals to be discarded.  This | 
 | 416 |   is typically used to implement inline functions.  Unreferenced | 
 | 417 |   <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are allowed to be discarded. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 418 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 419 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 420 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 421 |  | 
 | 422 |   <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage is exactly the same as <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, | 
 | 423 |   except that unreferenced <tt>weak</tt> globals may not be discarded.  This is | 
 | 424 |   used to implement constructs in C such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at global scope. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 425 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 426 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 427 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 428 |  | 
 | 429 |   <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of | 
 | 430 |   pointer to array type.  When two global variables with appending linkage are | 
 | 431 |   linked together, the two global arrays are appended together.  This is the | 
 | 432 |   LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together | 
 | 433 |   "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 437 |  | 
 | 438 |   <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally | 
 | 439 |   visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to resolve | 
 | 440 |   external symbol references. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 |   </dd> | 
 | 442 | </dl> | 
 | 443 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | <p><a name="linkage_external">For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" | 
 | 445 | variable is defined to be internal, if another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" | 
 | 446 | variable and was linked with this one, one of the two would be renamed, | 
 | 447 | preventing a collision.  Since "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are | 
 | 448 | external (i.e., lacking any linkage declarations), they are accessible | 
 | 449 | outside of the current module.  It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> | 
 | 450 | to have any linkage type other than "externally visible".</a></p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 451 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | </div> | 
 | 453 |  | 
 | 454 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 455 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 |   <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a> | 
 | 457 | </div> | 
 | 458 |  | 
 | 459 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 460 |  | 
 | 461 | <p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a> | 
 | 462 | and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling convention | 
 | 463 | specified for the call.  The calling convention of any pair of dynamic | 
 | 464 | caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is undefined.  The | 
 | 465 | following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more may be added in | 
 | 466 | the future:</p> | 
 | 467 |  | 
 | 468 | <dl> | 
 | 469 |   <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
 | 470 |  | 
 | 471 |   <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is | 
 | 472 |   specified) matches the target C calling conventions.  This calling convention | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 473 |   supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in the declared | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 |   prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as does normal C). | 
 | 475 |   </dd> | 
 | 476 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 5710ce9 | 2006-05-19 21:15:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 477 |   <dt><b>"<tt>csretcc</tt>" - The C struct return calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
 | 478 |  | 
 | 479 |   <dd>This calling convention matches the target C calling conventions, except | 
 | 480 |   that functions with this convention are required to take a pointer as their | 
 | 481 |   first argument, and the return type of the function must be void.  This is | 
 | 482 |   used for C functions that return aggregates by-value.  In this case, the | 
 | 483 |   function has been transformed to take a pointer to the struct as the first | 
 | 484 |   argument to the function.  For targets where the ABI specifies specific | 
 | 485 |   behavior for structure-return calls, the calling convention can be used to | 
 | 486 |   distinguish between struct return functions and other functions that take a | 
 | 487 |   pointer to a struct as the first argument. | 
 | 488 |   </dd> | 
 | 489 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 |   <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
 | 491 |  | 
 | 492 |   <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible | 
 | 493 |   (e.g. by passing things in registers).  This calling convention allows the | 
 | 494 |   target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the target, | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cdc5bc | 2005-05-06 23:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 |   without having to conform to an externally specified ABI.  Implementations of | 
 | 496 |   this convention should allow arbitrary tail call optimization to be supported. | 
 | 497 |   This calling convention does not support varargs and requires the prototype of | 
 | 498 |   all callees to exactly match the prototype of the function definition. | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 |   </dd> | 
 | 500 |  | 
 | 501 |   <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
 | 502 |  | 
 | 503 |   <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient | 
 | 504 |   as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.  As | 
 | 505 |   such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does not break | 
 | 506 |   any live ranges in the caller side.  This calling convention does not support | 
 | 507 |   varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match the | 
 | 508 |   prototype of the function definition. | 
 | 509 |   </dd> | 
 | 510 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | cfe6b37 | 2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 |   <dt><b>"<tt>cc <<em>n</em>></tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 512 |  | 
 | 513 |   <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing | 
 | 514 |   target-specific calling conventions to be used.  Target specific calling | 
 | 515 |   conventions start at 64. | 
 | 516 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | cfe6b37 | 2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | </dl> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 |  | 
 | 519 | <p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to | 
 | 520 | support pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent | 
 | 521 | convention.</p> | 
 | 522 |  | 
 | 523 | </div> | 
 | 524 |  | 
 | 525 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 526 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 527 |   <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a> | 
 | 528 | </div> | 
 | 529 |  | 
 | 530 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 531 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3689a34 | 2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | <p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time | 
| Chris Lattner | 88f6c46 | 2005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 533 | instead of run-time.  Global variables may optionally be initialized, may have | 
 | 534 | an explicit section to be placed in, and may | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | have an optional explicit alignment specified.  A | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | variable may be defined as a global "constant," which indicates that the | 
| Chris Lattner | 3689a34 | 2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | contents of the variable will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better | 
 | 538 | optimization, allowing the global data to be placed in the read-only section of | 
 | 539 | an executable, etc).  Note that variables that need runtime initialization | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | cannot be marked "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 3689a34 | 2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 541 |  | 
 | 542 | <p> | 
 | 543 | LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked | 
 | 544 | constant, even if the final definition of the global is not.  This capability | 
 | 545 | can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but requires | 
 | 546 | the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the | 
 | 547 | 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the | 
 | 548 | definition. | 
 | 549 | </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 550 |  | 
 | 551 | <p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in | 
 | 552 | scope (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program.  Global | 
 | 553 | variables always define a pointer to their "content" type because they | 
 | 554 | describe a region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are | 
 | 555 | accessed through pointers.</p> | 
 | 556 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 88f6c46 | 2005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | <p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals.  If the target | 
 | 558 | supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p> | 
 | 559 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | <p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global.  If not present, or if | 
 | 561 | the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the target | 
 | 562 | to whatever it feels convenient.  If an explicit alignment is specified, the  | 
 | 563 | global is forced to have at least that much alignment.  All alignments must be | 
 | 564 | a power of 2.</p> | 
 | 565 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | </div> | 
 | 567 |  | 
 | 568 |  | 
 | 569 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 570 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 571 |   <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a> | 
 | 572 | </div> | 
 | 573 |  | 
 | 574 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 575 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | <p>LLVM function definitions consist of an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage | 
 | 577 | type</a>, an optional <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return | 
| Chris Lattner | 88f6c46 | 2005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | type, a function name, a (possibly empty) argument list, an optional section, | 
 | 579 | an optional alignment, an opening curly brace, | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 580 | a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.  LLVM function declarations | 
 | 581 | are defined with the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an optional <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, a function name, | 
 | 583 | a possibly empty list of arguments, and an optional alignment.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 |  | 
 | 585 | <p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG for | 
 | 586 | the function.  Each basic block may optionally start with a label (giving the | 
 | 587 | basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list of instructions, and ends | 
 | 588 | with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a> instruction (such as a branch or | 
 | 589 | function return).</p> | 
 | 590 |  | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | <p>The first basic block in a program is special in two ways: it is immediately | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have predecessor | 
 | 593 | basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry block of a | 
 | 594 | function).  Because the block can have no predecessors, it also cannot have any | 
 | 595 | <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p> | 
 | 596 |  | 
 | 597 | <p>LLVM functions are identified by their name and type signature.  Hence, two | 
 | 598 | functions with the same name but different parameter lists or return values are | 
| Chris Lattner | d4f6b17 | 2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | considered different functions, and LLVM will resolve references to each | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | appropriately.</p> | 
 | 601 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 88f6c46 | 2005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | <p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions.  If the target | 
 | 603 | supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p> | 
 | 604 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | <p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function.  If not present, or if | 
 | 606 | the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the target | 
 | 607 | to whatever it feels convenient.  If an explicit alignment is specified, the | 
 | 608 | function is forced to have at least that much alignment.  All alignments must be | 
 | 609 | a power of 2.</p> | 
 | 610 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | </div> | 
 | 612 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4e9aba7 | 2006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 614 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eeeb0c | 2006-04-08 04:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 615 |   <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | 4e9aba7 | 2006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | </div> | 
 | 617 |  | 
 | 618 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 619 | <p> | 
 | 620 | Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to the | 
 | 621 | GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks.  These blocks are internally concatenated by | 
 | 622 | LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in the .ll file if | 
 | 623 | desired.  The syntax is very simple: | 
 | 624 | </p> | 
 | 625 |  | 
 | 626 | <div class="doc_code"><pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 52599e1 | 2006-01-24 00:37:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 |   module asm "inline asm code goes here" | 
 | 628 |   module asm "more can go here" | 
| Chris Lattner | 4e9aba7 | 2006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | </pre></div> | 
 | 630 |  | 
 | 631 | <p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters. | 
 | 632 |    The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code | 
 | 633 |    for the number. | 
 | 634 | </p> | 
 | 635 |  | 
 | 636 | <p> | 
 | 637 |   The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when | 
 | 638 |   assembly code is generated. | 
 | 639 | </p> | 
 | 640 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 |  | 
 | 642 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div> | 
 | 645 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | <p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 650 | intermediate representation.  Being typed enables a number of | 
 | 651 | optimizations to be performed on the IR directly, without having to do | 
 | 652 | extra analyses on the side before the transformation.  A strong type | 
 | 653 | system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel | 
 | 654 | analyses and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal | 
 | 655 | three address code representations.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 656 |  | 
 | 657 | </div> | 
 | 658 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| John Criswell | 4457dc9 | 2004-04-09 16:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | <p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM | 
| Chris Lattner | d4f6b17 | 2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | system. The current set of primitive types is as follows:</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 664 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 666 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 667 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 668 |       <table> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 |         <tbody> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 670 |         <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr> | 
 | 671 |         <tr><td><tt>void</tt></td><td>No value</td></tr> | 
| Misha Brukman | cfa87bc | 2005-04-22 18:02:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 |         <tr><td><tt>ubyte</tt></td><td>Unsigned 8-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 673 |         <tr><td><tt>ushort</tt></td><td>Unsigned 16-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 674 |         <tr><td><tt>uint</tt></td><td>Unsigned 32-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 675 |         <tr><td><tt>ulong</tt></td><td>Unsigned 64-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 676 |         <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 |         <tr><td><tt>label</tt></td><td>Branch destination</td></tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 |         </tbody> | 
 | 679 |       </table> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 |     </td> | 
 | 681 |     <td class="right"> | 
 | 682 |       <table> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 |         <tbody> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 |           <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr> | 
 | 685 |           <tr><td><tt>bool</tt></td><td>True or False value</td></tr> | 
| Misha Brukman | cfa87bc | 2005-04-22 18:02:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 |           <tr><td><tt>sbyte</tt></td><td>Signed 8-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 687 |           <tr><td><tt>short</tt></td><td>Signed 16-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 688 |           <tr><td><tt>int</tt></td><td>Signed 32-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 689 |           <tr><td><tt>long</tt></td><td>Signed 64-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 690 |           <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 |         </tbody> | 
 | 692 |       </table> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 |     </td> | 
 | 694 |   </tr> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | </div> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type | 
 | 700 | Classifications</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | <p>These different primitive types fall into a few useful | 
 | 703 | classifications:</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 |  | 
 | 705 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 706 |   <tbody> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 707 |     <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 |     <tr> | 
 | 709 |       <td><a name="t_signed">signed</a></td> | 
 | 710 |       <td><tt>sbyte, short, int, long, float, double</tt></td> | 
 | 711 |     </tr> | 
 | 712 |     <tr> | 
 | 713 |       <td><a name="t_unsigned">unsigned</a></td> | 
 | 714 |       <td><tt>ubyte, ushort, uint, ulong</tt></td> | 
 | 715 |     </tr> | 
 | 716 |     <tr> | 
 | 717 |       <td><a name="t_integer">integer</a></td> | 
 | 718 |       <td><tt>ubyte, sbyte, ushort, short, uint, int, ulong, long</tt></td> | 
 | 719 |     </tr> | 
 | 720 |     <tr> | 
 | 721 |       <td><a name="t_integral">integral</a></td> | 
| Misha Brukman | c24b758 | 2004-08-12 20:16:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 |       <td><tt>bool, ubyte, sbyte, ushort, short, uint, int, ulong, long</tt> | 
 | 723 |       </td> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 724 |     </tr> | 
 | 725 |     <tr> | 
 | 726 |       <td><a name="t_floating">floating point</a></td> | 
 | 727 |       <td><tt>float, double</tt></td> | 
 | 728 |     </tr> | 
 | 729 |     <tr> | 
 | 730 |       <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td> | 
| Misha Brukman | c24b758 | 2004-08-12 20:16:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 |       <td><tt>bool, ubyte, sbyte, ushort, short, uint, int, ulong, long,<br>  | 
 | 732 |       float, double, <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,  | 
 | 733 |       <a href="#t_packed">packed</a></tt></td> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 |     </tr> | 
 | 735 |   </tbody> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 737 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | <p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the | 
 | 739 | most important.  Values of these types are the only ones which can be | 
 | 740 | produced by instructions, passed as arguments, or used as operands to | 
 | 741 | instructions.  This means that all structures and arrays must be | 
 | 742 | manipulated either by pointer or by component.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 747 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | <p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system.  | 
 | 751 | This is what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, | 
 | 752 | pointers, and other useful types.  Note that these derived types may be | 
 | 753 | recursive: For example, it is possible to have a two dimensional array.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 754 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 760 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 763 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | <p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | sequentially in memory.  The array type requires a size (number of | 
 | 766 | elements) and an underlying data type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 769 |  | 
 | 770 | <pre> | 
 | 771 |   [<# elements> x <elementtype>] | 
 | 772 | </pre> | 
 | 773 |  | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 774 | <p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 775 | be any type with a size.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 776 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 779 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 780 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 781 |       <tt>[40 x int ]</tt><br/> | 
 | 782 |       <tt>[41 x int ]</tt><br/> | 
 | 783 |       <tt>[40 x uint]</tt><br/> | 
 | 784 |     </td> | 
 | 785 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 786 |       Array of 40 integer values.<br/> | 
 | 787 |       Array of 41 integer values.<br/> | 
 | 788 |       Array of 40 unsigned integer values.<br/> | 
 | 789 |     </td> | 
 | 790 |   </tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | </table> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 792 | <p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p> | 
 | 793 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 794 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 795 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 796 |       <tt>[3 x [4 x int]]</tt><br/> | 
 | 797 |       <tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt><br/> | 
 | 798 |       <tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x uint]]]</tt><br/> | 
 | 799 |     </td> | 
 | 800 |     <td class="left"> | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 801 |       3x4 array of integer values.<br/> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 802 |       12x10 array of single precision floating point values.<br/> | 
 | 803 |       2x3x4 array of unsigned integer values.<br/> | 
 | 804 |     </td> | 
 | 805 |   </tr> | 
 | 806 | </table> | 
| Chris Lattner | e67a951 | 2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 |  | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | <p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero  | 
 | 809 | length array.  Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in | 
| Chris Lattner | e67a951 | 2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array). | 
 | 811 | As a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable | 
 | 812 | length.  This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the  LLVM | 
 | 813 | type "{ int, [0 x float]}", for example.</p> | 
 | 814 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | </div> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 816 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | <p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature.  It | 
 | 822 | consists of a return type and a list of formal parameter types.  | 
| John Criswell | 009900b | 2003-11-25 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | Function types are usually used to build virtual function tables | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 824 | (which are structures of pointers to functions), for indirect function | 
 | 825 | calls, and when defining a function.</p> | 
| John Criswell | 009900b | 2003-11-25 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | <p> | 
 | 827 | The return type of a function type cannot be an aggregate type. | 
 | 828 | </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | <pre>  <returntype> (<parameter list>)<br></pre> | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | <p>...where '<tt><parameter list></tt>' is a comma-separated list of type | 
| Misha Brukman | c24b758 | 2004-08-12 20:16:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | specifiers.  Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>, | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments. | 
 | 834 | Variable argument functions can access their arguments with the <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 835 |  href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a> functions.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 838 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 839 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 840 |       <tt>int (int)</tt> <br/> | 
 | 841 |       <tt>float (int, int *) *</tt><br/> | 
 | 842 |       <tt>int (sbyte *, ...)</tt><br/> | 
 | 843 |     </td> | 
 | 844 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 845 |       function taking an <tt>int</tt>, returning an <tt>int</tt><br/> | 
 | 846 |       <a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes an | 
| Misha Brukman | c24b758 | 2004-08-12 20:16:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 |       <tt>int</tt> and a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>int</tt>, | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 848 |       returning <tt>float</tt>.<br/> | 
 | 849 |       A vararg function that takes at least one <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>  | 
 | 850 |       to <tt>sbyte</tt> (signed char in C), which returns an integer.  This is  | 
 | 851 |       the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in LLVM.<br/> | 
 | 852 |     </td> | 
 | 853 |   </tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 854 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 857 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 859 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 860 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | <p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members | 
 | 862 | together in memory.  The packing of the field types is defined to match | 
 | 863 | the ABI of the underlying processor.  The elements of a structure may | 
 | 864 | be any type that has a size.</p> | 
 | 865 | <p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> | 
 | 866 | and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a | 
 | 867 | field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' | 
 | 868 | instruction.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | <pre>  { <type list> }<br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 873 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 874 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 875 |       <tt>{ int, int, int }</tt><br/> | 
 | 876 |       <tt>{ float, int (int) * }</tt><br/> | 
 | 877 |     </td> | 
 | 878 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 879 |       a triple of three <tt>int</tt> values<br/> | 
 | 880 |       A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the second element  | 
 | 881 |       is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a href="#t_function">function</a>  | 
 | 882 |       that takes an <tt>int</tt>, returning an <tt>int</tt>.<br/> | 
 | 883 |     </td> | 
 | 884 |   </tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 886 | </div> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 887 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 888 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | <p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or | 
 | 893 | reference to another object, which must live in memory.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | <pre>  <type> *<br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 898 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 899 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 900 |       <tt>[4x int]*</tt><br/> | 
 | 901 |       <tt>int (int *) *</tt><br/> | 
 | 902 |     </td> | 
 | 903 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 904 |       A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a href="#t_array">array</a> of | 
 | 905 |       four <tt>int</tt> values<br/> | 
 | 906 |       A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a | 
| Chris Lattner | a977c48 | 2005-02-19 02:22:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 907 |       href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>int*</tt>, returning an | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 908 |       <tt>int</tt>.<br/> | 
 | 909 |     </td> | 
 | 910 |   </tr> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | </div> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 915 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_packed">Packed Type</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 919 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 920 | <p>A packed type is a simple derived type that represents a vector | 
 | 921 | of elements.  Packed types are used when multiple primitive data  | 
 | 922 | are operated in parallel using a single instruction (SIMD).  | 
 | 923 | A packed type requires a size (number of | 
| Chris Lattner | b8d172f | 2005-11-10 01:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | elements) and an underlying primitive data type.  Vectors must have a power | 
 | 925 | of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...).  Packed types are | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | considered <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 928 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 |  | 
 | 930 | <pre> | 
 | 931 |   < <# elements> x <elementtype> > | 
 | 932 | </pre> | 
 | 933 |  | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | <p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | be any integral or floating point type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 936 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 937 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 938 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 940 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 941 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 942 |       <tt><4 x int></tt><br/> | 
 | 943 |       <tt><8 x float></tt><br/> | 
 | 944 |       <tt><2 x uint></tt><br/> | 
 | 945 |     </td> | 
 | 946 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 947 |       Packed vector of 4 integer values.<br/> | 
 | 948 |       Packed vector of 8 floating-point values.<br/> | 
 | 949 |       Packed vector of 2 unsigned integer values.<br/> | 
 | 950 |     </td> | 
 | 951 |   </tr> | 
 | 952 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | </div> | 
 | 954 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 956 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div> | 
 | 957 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 958 |  | 
 | 959 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 960 |  | 
 | 961 | <p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system.  This | 
 | 962 | corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a foward declared structure type. | 
 | 963 | In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just a | 
 | 964 | structure type).</p> | 
 | 965 |  | 
 | 966 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 967 |  | 
 | 968 | <pre> | 
 | 969 |   opaque | 
 | 970 | </pre> | 
 | 971 |  | 
 | 972 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
 | 973 |  | 
 | 974 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 975 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 976 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 977 |       <tt>opaque</tt> | 
 | 978 |     </td> | 
 | 979 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 980 |       An opaque type.<br/> | 
 | 981 |     </td> | 
 | 982 |   </tr> | 
 | 983 | </table> | 
 | 984 | </div> | 
 | 985 |  | 
 | 986 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 987 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
 | 988 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div> | 
 | 989 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
 | 990 |  | 
 | 991 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 992 |  | 
 | 993 | <p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants.  This section describes | 
 | 994 | them all and their syntax.</p> | 
 | 995 |  | 
 | 996 | </div> | 
 | 997 |  | 
 | 998 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Reid Spencer | cc16dc3 | 2004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 |  | 
 | 1001 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1002 |  | 
 | 1003 | <dl> | 
 | 1004 |   <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1005 |  | 
 | 1006 |   <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid | 
 | 1007 |   constants of the <tt><a href="#t_primitive">bool</a></tt> type. | 
 | 1008 |   </dd> | 
 | 1009 |  | 
 | 1010 |   <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1011 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | cc16dc3 | 2004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 |   <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of the <a | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 |   href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.  Negative numbers may be used with signed | 
 | 1014 |   integer types. | 
 | 1015 |   </dd> | 
 | 1016 |  | 
 | 1017 |   <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1018 |  | 
 | 1019 |   <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421), | 
 | 1020 |   exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1021 |   notation (see below).  Floating point constants must have a <a | 
 | 1022 |   href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd> | 
 | 1023 |  | 
 | 1024 |   <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1025 |  | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 |   <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 |   and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd> | 
 | 1028 |  | 
 | 1029 | </dl> | 
 | 1030 |  | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1031 | <p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the optional hexadecimal form | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | of floating point constants.  For example, the form '<tt>double | 
 | 1033 | 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than) '<tt>double | 
 | 1034 | 4.5e+15</tt>'.  The only time hexadecimal floating point constants are required | 
| Reid Spencer | cc16dc3 | 2004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | (and the only time that they are generated by the disassembler) is when a  | 
 | 1036 | floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot be represented as a  | 
 | 1037 | decimal floating point number.  For example, NaN's, infinities, and other  | 
 | 1038 | special values are represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that  | 
 | 1039 | assembly and disassembly do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 |  | 
 | 1041 | </div> | 
 | 1042 |  | 
 | 1043 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 1044 | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a> | 
 | 1045 | </div> | 
 | 1046 |  | 
 | 1047 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d4f6b17 | 2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | <p>Aggregate constants arise from aggregation of simple constants | 
 | 1049 | and smaller aggregate constants.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 |  | 
 | 1051 | <dl> | 
 | 1052 |   <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1053 |  | 
 | 1054 |   <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure | 
 | 1055 |   type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces | 
| Chris Lattner | d4f6b17 | 2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 |   (<tt>{}</tt>)).  For example: "<tt>{ int 4, float 17.0, int* %G }</tt>", | 
 | 1057 |   where "<tt>%G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>%G = external global int</tt>".  Structure constants | 
 | 1058 |   must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and the number and | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 |   types of elements must match those specified by the type. | 
 | 1060 |   </dd> | 
 | 1061 |  | 
 | 1062 |   <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1063 |  | 
 | 1064 |   <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type | 
 | 1065 |   definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square brackets | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 |   (<tt>[]</tt>)).  For example: "<tt>[ int 42, int 11, int 74 ]</tt>".  Array | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 |   constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and the number and | 
 | 1068 |   types of elements must match those specified by the type. | 
 | 1069 |   </dd> | 
 | 1070 |  | 
 | 1071 |   <dt><b>Packed constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1072 |  | 
 | 1073 |   <dd>Packed constants are represented with notation similar to packed type | 
 | 1074 |   definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 |   less-than/greater-than's (<tt><></tt>)).  For example: "<tt>< int 42, | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 |   int 11, int 74, int 100 ></tt>".  Packed constants must have <a | 
 | 1077 |   href="#t_packed">packed type</a>, and the number and types of elements must | 
 | 1078 |   match those specified by the type. | 
 | 1079 |   </dd> | 
 | 1080 |  | 
 | 1081 |   <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt> | 
 | 1082 |  | 
 | 1083 |   <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a | 
 | 1084 |   value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types. | 
 | 1085 |   This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers (e.g. for | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 |   large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit zero | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 |   initializers. | 
 | 1088 |   </dd> | 
 | 1089 | </dl> | 
 | 1090 |  | 
 | 1091 | </div> | 
 | 1092 |  | 
 | 1093 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 1094 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 1095 |   <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a> | 
 | 1096 | </div> | 
 | 1097 |  | 
 | 1098 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1099 |  | 
 | 1100 | <p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a> and <a | 
 | 1101 | href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid (link-time) | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | constants.  These constants are explicitly referenced when the <a | 
 | 1103 | href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always have <a | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a legal LLVM | 
 | 1105 | file:</p> | 
 | 1106 |  | 
 | 1107 | <pre> | 
 | 1108 |   %X = global int 17 | 
 | 1109 |   %Y = global int 42 | 
 | 1110 |   %Z = global [2 x int*] [ int* %X, int* %Y ] | 
 | 1111 | </pre> | 
 | 1112 |  | 
 | 1113 | </div> | 
 | 1114 |  | 
 | 1115 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Reid Spencer | 2dc45b8 | 2004-12-09 18:13:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Reid Spencer | 2dc45b8 | 2004-12-09 18:13:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 |   <p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' is recognized as a type-less constant that has  | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 |   no specific value.  Undefined values may be of any type and be used anywhere  | 
| Reid Spencer | 2dc45b8 | 2004-12-09 18:13:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 |   a constant is permitted.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1121 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 2dc45b8 | 2004-12-09 18:13:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 |   <p>Undefined values indicate to the compiler that the program is well defined | 
 | 1123 |   no matter what value is used, giving the compiler more freedom to optimize. | 
 | 1124 |   </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 | </div> | 
 | 1126 |  | 
 | 1127 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 1128 | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a> | 
 | 1129 | </div> | 
 | 1130 |  | 
 | 1131 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1132 |  | 
 | 1133 | <p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants | 
 | 1134 | to be used as constants.  Constant expressions may be of any <a | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM operation | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not supported).  The | 
 | 1137 | following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p> | 
 | 1138 |  | 
 | 1139 | <dl> | 
 | 1140 |   <dt><b><tt>cast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1141 |  | 
 | 1142 |   <dd>Cast a constant to another type.</dd> | 
 | 1143 |  | 
 | 1144 |   <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1145 |  | 
 | 1146 |   <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on | 
 | 1147 |   constants.  As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> | 
 | 1148 |   instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are required | 
 | 1149 |   to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd> | 
 | 1150 |  | 
| Robert Bocchino | 9fbe145 | 2006-01-10 19:31:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1151 |   <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1152 |  | 
 | 1153 |   <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on | 
 | 1154 |   constants. | 
 | 1155 |  | 
 | 1156 |   <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1157 |  | 
 | 1158 |   <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement | 
 | 1159 |   operation</a> on constants. | 
 | 1160 |  | 
| Robert Bocchino | 05ccd70 | 2006-01-15 20:48:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 |   <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1162 |  | 
 | 1163 |   <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement | 
 | 1164 |   operation</a> on constants. | 
 | 1165 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c198954 | 2006-04-08 00:13:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 |  | 
 | 1167 |   <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1168 |  | 
 | 1169 |   <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector | 
 | 1170 |   operation</a> on constants. | 
 | 1171 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 |   <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1173 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 2dc45b8 | 2004-12-09 18:13:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 |   <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may  | 
 | 1175 |   be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a> or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 |   binary</a> operations.  The constraints on operands are the same as those for | 
 | 1177 |   the corresponding instruction (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 |   values are allowed).</dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 | </dl> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 9ee5d22 | 2004-03-08 16:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | e87d653 | 2006-01-25 23:47:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div> | 
 | 1184 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
 | 1185 |  | 
 | 1186 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 1187 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 1188 | <a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a> | 
 | 1189 | </div> | 
 | 1190 |  | 
 | 1191 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1192 |  | 
 | 1193 | <p> | 
 | 1194 | LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed to <a href="#moduleasm"> | 
 | 1195 | Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of a special value.  This | 
 | 1196 | value represents the inline assembler as a string (containing the instructions | 
 | 1197 | to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored as a string), and a flag that  | 
 | 1198 | indicates whether or not the inline asm expression has side effects.  An example | 
 | 1199 | inline assembler expression is: | 
 | 1200 | </p> | 
 | 1201 |  | 
 | 1202 | <pre> | 
 | 1203 |   int(int) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r" | 
 | 1204 | </pre> | 
 | 1205 |  | 
 | 1206 | <p> | 
 | 1207 | Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of | 
 | 1208 | a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>.  Thus, typically we have: | 
 | 1209 | </p> | 
 | 1210 |  | 
 | 1211 | <pre> | 
 | 1212 |   %X = call int asm "<a href="#i_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(int %Y) | 
 | 1213 | </pre> | 
 | 1214 |  | 
 | 1215 | <p> | 
 | 1216 | Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be marked | 
 | 1217 | as having side effects.  This is done through the use of the | 
 | 1218 | '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so: | 
 | 1219 | </p> | 
 | 1220 |  | 
 | 1221 | <pre> | 
 | 1222 |   call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""() | 
 | 1223 | </pre> | 
 | 1224 |  | 
 | 1225 | <p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be | 
 | 1226 | documented here.  Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving, etc | 
 | 1227 | need to be documented). | 
 | 1228 | </p> | 
 | 1229 |  | 
 | 1230 | </div> | 
 | 1231 |  | 
 | 1232 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div> | 
 | 1234 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | <p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different | 
 | 1239 | classifications of instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>, | 
 | 1241 | <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>, <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 |  href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and <a href="#otherops">other | 
 | 1243 | instructions</a>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1247 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator | 
 | 1249 | Instructions</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1253 | <p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every | 
 | 1254 | basic block in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which | 
 | 1255 | indicates which block should be executed after the current block is | 
 | 1256 | finished. These terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' | 
 | 1257 | value: they produce control flow, not values (the one exception being | 
 | 1258 | the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p> | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | <p>There are six different terminator instructions: the '<a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 |  href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' | 
 | 1261 | instruction, the '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a | 
 | 1263 |  href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the '<a | 
 | 1264 |  href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' | 
 | 1270 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | <pre>  ret <type> <value>       <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 |   ret void                 <i>; Return from void function</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | <p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and a | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | value) from a function back to the caller.</p> | 
| John Criswell | 4457dc9 | 2004-04-09 16:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1279 | <p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | returns a value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes | 
 | 1281 | control flow to occur.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | <p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction may return any '<a | 
 | 1284 |  href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.  Notice that a function is | 
 | 1285 | not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if there exists a '<tt>ret</tt>' | 
 | 1286 | instruction inside of the function that returns a value that does not | 
 | 1287 | match the return type of the function.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 | <p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow | 
 | 1290 | returns back to the calling function's context.  If the caller is a "<a | 
| John Criswell | fa08187 | 2004-06-25 15:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 |  href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | the instruction after the call.  If the caller was an "<a | 
 | 1293 |  href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | at the beginning of the "normal" destination block.  If the instruction | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | returns a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's | 
 | 1296 | return value.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | <pre>  ret int 5                       <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 |   ret void                        <i>; Return from a void function</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | <pre>  br bool <cond>, label <iftrue>, label <iffalse><br>  br label <dest>          <i>; Unconditional branch</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | <p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to | 
 | 1310 | transfer to a different basic block in the current function.  There are | 
 | 1311 | two forms of this instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch | 
 | 1312 | and an unconditional branch.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | <p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a | 
 | 1315 | single '<tt>bool</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values.  The | 
 | 1316 | unconditional form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' | 
 | 1317 | value as a target.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | <p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1320 | argument is evaluated.  If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows | 
 | 1321 | to the '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.  If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>, | 
 | 1322 | control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | <pre>Test:<br>  %cond = <a href="#i_setcc">seteq</a> int %a, %b<br>  br bool %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal<br>IfEqual:<br>  <a | 
 | 1325 |  href="#i_ret">ret</a> int 1<br>IfUnequal:<br>  <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> int 0<br></pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 1329 |    <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 1330 | </div> | 
 | 1331 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 |  | 
 | 1335 | <pre> | 
 | 1336 |   switch <intty> <value>, label <defaultdest> [ <intty> <val>, label <dest> ... ] | 
 | 1337 | </pre> | 
 | 1338 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1340 |  | 
 | 1341 | <p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of | 
 | 1342 | several different places.  It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>' | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible | 
 | 1344 | destinations.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 |  | 
 | 1346 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 |  | 
 | 1349 | <p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer | 
 | 1350 | comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination, and | 
 | 1351 | an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.  The | 
 | 1352 | table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p> | 
 | 1353 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | <p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and | 
 | 1357 | destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this | 
| John Criswell | 8411475 | 2004-06-25 16:05:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | table is searched for the given value.  If the value is found, control flow is | 
 | 1359 | transfered to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is | 
 | 1360 | transfered to the default destination.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | <h5>Implementation:</h5> | 
 | 1363 |  | 
 | 1364 | <p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular | 
 | 1365 | <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in different | 
| John Criswell | 8411475 | 2004-06-25 16:05:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | ways.  For example, it could be generated as a series of chained conditional | 
 | 1367 | branches or with a lookup table.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 |  | 
 | 1369 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 1370 |  | 
 | 1371 | <pre> | 
 | 1372 |  <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i> | 
 | 1373 |  %Val = <a href="#i_cast">cast</a> bool %value to int | 
 | 1374 |  switch int %Val, label %truedest [int 0, label %falsedest ] | 
 | 1375 |  | 
 | 1376 |  <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i> | 
 | 1377 |  switch uint 0, label %dest [ ] | 
 | 1378 |  | 
 | 1379 |  <i>; Implement a jump table:</i> | 
 | 1380 |  switch uint %val, label %otherwise [ uint 0, label %onzero  | 
 | 1381 |                                       uint 1, label %onone  | 
 | 1382 |                                       uint 2, label %ontwo ] | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1383 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 1388 |   <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 1389 | </div> | 
 | 1390 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 |  | 
 | 1395 | <pre> | 
 | 1396 |   <result> = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] <ptr to function ty> %<function ptr val>(<function args>)  | 
| Chris Lattner | 76b8a33 | 2006-05-14 18:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 |                 to label <normal label> unwind label <exception label> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | </pre> | 
 | 1399 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 |  | 
 | 1402 | <p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified | 
 | 1403 | function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the | 
 | 1405 | '<tt>exception</tt>' label.  If the callee function returns with the | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction, control flow will return to the | 
 | 1407 | "normal" label.  If the callee (or any indirect callees) returns with the "<a | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>" instruction, control is interrupted and | 
 | 1409 | continued at the dynamically nearest "exception" label.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | <p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1414 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 |   <li> | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 |     The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="callingconv">calling | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 |     convention</a> the call should use.  If none is specified, the call defaults | 
 | 1419 |     to using C calling conventions. | 
 | 1420 |   </li> | 
 | 1421 |   <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to | 
 | 1422 |   function value being invoked.  In most cases, this is a direct function | 
 | 1423 |   invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching off | 
 | 1424 |   an arbitrary pointer to function value. | 
 | 1425 |   </li> | 
 | 1426 |  | 
 | 1427 |   <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a | 
 | 1428 |   function to be invoked. </li> | 
 | 1429 |  | 
 | 1430 |   <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function | 
 | 1431 |   signature argument types.  If the function signature indicates the function | 
 | 1432 |   accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can be | 
 | 1433 |   specified. </li> | 
 | 1434 |  | 
 | 1435 |   <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function | 
 | 1436 |   executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li> | 
 | 1437 |  | 
 | 1438 |   <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with | 
 | 1439 |   the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li> | 
 | 1440 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 | </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1444 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | <p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard '<tt><a | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards.  The primary | 
 | 1447 | difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which is used by | 
 | 1448 | the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p> | 
 | 1449 |  | 
 | 1450 | <p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper | 
 | 1451 | cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown | 
 | 1452 | exception.  Additionally, this is important for implementation of | 
 | 1453 | '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p> | 
 | 1454 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | <pre> | 
 | 1457 |   %retval = invoke int %Test(int 15)             to label %Continue | 
| Chris Lattner | 76b8a33 | 2006-05-14 18:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1458 |               unwind label %TestCleanup     <i>; {int}:retval set</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1459 |   %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> int %Test(int 15)             to label %Continue | 
| Chris Lattner | 76b8a33 | 2006-05-14 18:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 |               unwind label %TestCleanup     <i>; {int}:retval set</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1463 |  | 
 | 1464 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' | 
 | 1468 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 | <pre> | 
 | 1474 |   unwind | 
 | 1475 | </pre> | 
 | 1476 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 |  | 
 | 1479 | <p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow | 
 | 1480 | at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used an <a | 
 | 1481 | href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.  This is | 
 | 1482 | primarily used to implement exception handling.</p> | 
 | 1483 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1485 |  | 
 | 1486 | <p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' intrinsic causes execution of the current function to | 
 | 1487 | immediately halt.  The dynamic call stack is then searched for the first <a | 
 | 1488 | href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.  Once found, | 
 | 1489 | execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block specified by the | 
 | 1490 | <tt>invoke</tt> instruction.  If there is no <tt>invoke</tt> instruction in the | 
 | 1491 | dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1493 |  | 
 | 1494 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1495 |  | 
 | 1496 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' | 
 | 1497 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
 | 1498 |  | 
 | 1499 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1500 |  | 
 | 1501 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1502 | <pre> | 
 | 1503 |   unreachable | 
 | 1504 | </pre> | 
 | 1505 |  | 
 | 1506 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1507 |  | 
 | 1508 | <p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.  This | 
 | 1509 | instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the | 
 | 1510 | code is not reachable.  This can be used to indicate that the code after a | 
 | 1511 | no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p> | 
 | 1512 |  | 
 | 1513 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 1514 |  | 
 | 1515 | <p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p> | 
 | 1516 | </div> | 
 | 1517 |  | 
 | 1518 |  | 
 | 1519 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1520 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1521 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1522 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1523 | <p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a | 
 | 1524 | program.  They require two operands, execute an operation on them, and | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1525 | produce a single value.  The operands might represent  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | multiple data, as is the case with the <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> data type.  | 
 | 1527 | The result value of a binary operator is not | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | necessarily the same type as its operands.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | <p>There are several different binary operators:</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' | 
 | 1533 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | <pre>  <result> = add <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | <p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must be either <a | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> values. | 
 | 1543 |  This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values. | 
 | 1544 | Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | <p>The value produced is the integer or floating point sum of the two | 
 | 1547 | operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | <pre>  <result> = add int 4, %var          <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 + %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1553 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' | 
 | 1554 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1556 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | <pre>  <result> = sub <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | <p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two | 
 | 1561 | operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1562 | <p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the '<tt>neg</tt>' | 
 | 1563 | instruction present in most other intermediate representations.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must be either <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | values.  | 
 | 1568 | This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values. | 
 | 1569 | Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1570 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | <p>The value produced is the integer or floating point difference of | 
 | 1572 | the two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1574 | <pre>  <result> = sub int 4, %var          <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 - %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1575 |   <result> = sub int 0, %val          <i>; yields {int}:result = -%var</i> | 
 | 1576 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' | 
 | 1580 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | <pre>  <result> = mul <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | <p>The  '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two | 
 | 1587 | operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must be either <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | values.  | 
 | 1592 | This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values. | 
 | 1593 | Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | <p>The value produced is the integer or floating point product of the | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 | two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | <p>There is no signed vs unsigned multiplication.  The appropriate | 
 | 1598 | action is taken based on the type of the operand.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1600 | <pre>  <result> = mul int 4, %var          <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 * %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1603 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_div">'<tt>div</tt>' | 
 | 1605 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | <pre>  <result> = div <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
 | 1609 | </pre> | 
 | 1610 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1611 | <p>The '<tt>div</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two | 
 | 1612 | operands.</p> | 
 | 1613 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 1614 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>div</tt>' instruction must be either <a | 
 | 1615 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 | values.  | 
 | 1617 | This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values. | 
 | 1618 | Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 1620 | <p>The value produced is the integer or floating point quotient of the | 
 | 1621 | two operands.</p> | 
 | 1622 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 1623 | <pre>  <result> = div int 4, %var          <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 / %var</i> | 
 | 1624 | </pre> | 
 | 1625 | </div> | 
 | 1626 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1627 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_rem">'<tt>rem</tt>' | 
 | 1628 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
 | 1629 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1630 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1631 | <pre>  <result> = rem <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
 | 1632 | </pre> | 
 | 1633 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1634 | <p>The '<tt>rem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the | 
 | 1635 | division of its two operands.</p> | 
 | 1636 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 1637 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>rem</tt>' instruction must be either <a | 
 | 1638 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | values.  | 
 | 1640 | This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values. | 
 | 1641 | Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 1643 | <p>This returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result | 
 | 1644 | has the same sign as the divisor), not the <i>modulus</i> (where the | 
 | 1645 | result has the same sign as the dividend) of a value.  For more | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | information about the difference, see <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 |  href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The | 
 | 1648 | Math Forum</a>.</p> | 
 | 1649 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 1650 | <pre>  <result> = rem int 4, %var          <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 % %var</i> | 
 | 1651 | </pre> | 
| Robert Bocchino | 7b81c75 | 2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | </div> | 
 | 1654 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1655 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_setcc">'<tt>set<i>cc</i></tt>' | 
 | 1656 | Instructions</a> </div> | 
 | 1657 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1658 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1659 | <pre>  <result> = seteq <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 |   <result> = setne <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
 | 1661 |   <result> = setlt <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
 | 1662 |   <result> = setgt <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
 | 1663 |   <result> = setle <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
 | 1664 |   <result> = setge <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
 | 1665 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1667 | <p>The '<tt>set<i>cc</i></tt>' family of instructions returns a boolean | 
 | 1668 | value based on a comparison of their two operands.</p> | 
 | 1669 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 1670 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>set<i>cc</i></tt>' instructions must | 
 | 1671 | be of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type (it is not possible | 
 | 1672 | to compare '<tt>label</tt>'s, '<tt>array</tt>'s, '<tt>structure</tt>' | 
 | 1673 | or '<tt>void</tt>' values, etc...).  Both arguments must have identical | 
 | 1674 | types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 | <p>The '<tt>seteq</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1677 | value if both operands are equal.<br> | 
 | 1678 | The '<tt>setne</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1679 | value if both operands are unequal.<br> | 
 | 1680 | The '<tt>setlt</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1681 | value if the first operand is less than the second operand.<br> | 
 | 1682 | The '<tt>setgt</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1683 | value if the first operand is greater than the second operand.<br> | 
 | 1684 | The '<tt>setle</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1685 | value if the first operand is less than or equal to the second operand.<br> | 
 | 1686 | The '<tt>setge</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1687 | value if the first operand is greater than or equal to the second | 
 | 1688 | operand.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | <pre>  <result> = seteq int   4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = false</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 |   <result> = setne float 4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = true</i> | 
 | 1692 |   <result> = setlt uint  4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = true</i> | 
 | 1693 |   <result> = setgt sbyte 4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = false</i> | 
 | 1694 |   <result> = setle sbyte 4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = true</i> | 
 | 1695 |   <result> = setge sbyte 4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = false</i> | 
 | 1696 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1697 | </div> | 
| Robert Bocchino | 7b81c75 | 2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary | 
 | 1701 | Operations</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1703 | <p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of | 
 | 1704 | bit-twiddling in a program.  They are generally very efficient | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | instructions and can commonly be strength reduced from other | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1706 | instructions.  They require two operands, execute an operation on them, | 
 | 1707 | and produce a single value.  The resulting value of the bitwise binary | 
 | 1708 | operators is always the same type as its first operand.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1710 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' | 
 | 1712 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 | <pre>  <result> = and <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | <p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of | 
 | 1719 | its two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 |  href="#t_integral">integral</a> values.  Both arguments must have | 
 | 1723 | identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | <p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | <p> </p> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | <div style="align: center"> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1728 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1729 |   <tbody> | 
 | 1730 |     <tr> | 
 | 1731 |       <td>In0</td> | 
 | 1732 |       <td>In1</td> | 
 | 1733 |       <td>Out</td> | 
 | 1734 |     </tr> | 
 | 1735 |     <tr> | 
 | 1736 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1737 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1738 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1739 |     </tr> | 
 | 1740 |     <tr> | 
 | 1741 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1742 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1743 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1744 |     </tr> | 
 | 1745 |     <tr> | 
 | 1746 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1747 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1748 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1749 |     </tr> | 
 | 1750 |     <tr> | 
 | 1751 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1752 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1753 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1754 |     </tr> | 
 | 1755 |   </tbody> | 
 | 1756 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | <pre>  <result> = and int 4, %var         <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 & %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 |   <result> = and int 15, 40          <i>; yields {int}:result = 8</i> | 
 | 1761 |   <result> = and int 4, 8            <i>; yields {int}:result = 0</i> | 
 | 1762 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | <pre>  <result> = or <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1771 | <p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive | 
 | 1772 | or of its two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1773 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 |  href="#t_integral">integral</a> values.  Both arguments must have | 
 | 1776 | identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1777 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1778 | <p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | <p> </p> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | <div style="align: center"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
 | 1782 |   <tbody> | 
 | 1783 |     <tr> | 
 | 1784 |       <td>In0</td> | 
 | 1785 |       <td>In1</td> | 
 | 1786 |       <td>Out</td> | 
 | 1787 |     </tr> | 
 | 1788 |     <tr> | 
 | 1789 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1790 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1791 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1792 |     </tr> | 
 | 1793 |     <tr> | 
 | 1794 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1795 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1796 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1797 |     </tr> | 
 | 1798 |     <tr> | 
 | 1799 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1800 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1801 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1802 |     </tr> | 
 | 1803 |     <tr> | 
 | 1804 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1805 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1806 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1807 |     </tr> | 
 | 1808 |   </tbody> | 
 | 1809 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1810 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1811 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | <pre>  <result> = or int 4, %var         <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 | %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 |   <result> = or int 15, 40          <i>; yields {int}:result = 47</i> | 
 | 1814 |   <result> = or int 4, 8            <i>; yields {int}:result = 12</i> | 
 | 1815 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' | 
 | 1819 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | <pre>  <result> = xor <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | <p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive | 
 | 1826 | or of its two operands.  The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the | 
 | 1827 | "one's complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1830 |  href="#t_integral">integral</a> values.  Both arguments must have | 
 | 1831 | identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1832 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | <p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | <p> </p> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1835 | <div style="align: center"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
 | 1837 |   <tbody> | 
 | 1838 |     <tr> | 
 | 1839 |       <td>In0</td> | 
 | 1840 |       <td>In1</td> | 
 | 1841 |       <td>Out</td> | 
 | 1842 |     </tr> | 
 | 1843 |     <tr> | 
 | 1844 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1845 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1846 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1847 |     </tr> | 
 | 1848 |     <tr> | 
 | 1849 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1850 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1851 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1852 |     </tr> | 
 | 1853 |     <tr> | 
 | 1854 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1855 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1856 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1857 |     </tr> | 
 | 1858 |     <tr> | 
 | 1859 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1860 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1861 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1862 |     </tr> | 
 | 1863 |   </tbody> | 
 | 1864 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | <p> </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | <pre>  <result> = xor int 4, %var         <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 ^ %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 |   <result> = xor int 15, 40          <i>; yields {int}:result = 39</i> | 
 | 1870 |   <result> = xor int 4, 8            <i>; yields {int}:result = 12</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 |   <result> = xor int %V, -1          <i>; yields {int}:result = ~%V</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1873 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1874 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' | 
 | 1876 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | <pre>  <result> = shl <ty> <var1>, ubyte <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1882 | <p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to | 
 | 1883 | the left a specified number of bits.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | <p>The first argument to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be an <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.  The second argument must be an '<tt>ubyte</tt>' | 
 | 1887 | type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | <p>The value produced is <tt>var1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>var2</tt></sup>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | <pre>  <result> = shl int 4, ubyte %var   <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 << %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 |   <result> = shl int 4, ubyte 2      <i>; yields {int}:result = 16</i> | 
 | 1893 |   <result> = shl int 1, ubyte 10     <i>; yields {int}:result = 1024</i> | 
 | 1894 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shr">'<tt>shr</tt>' | 
 | 1898 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 | <pre>  <result> = shr <ty> <var1>, ubyte <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | <p>The '<tt>shr</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to | 
 | 1905 | the right a specified number of bits.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1907 | <p>The first argument to the '<tt>shr</tt>' instruction must be an <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.  The second argument must be an '<tt>ubyte</tt>' | 
 | 1909 | type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | <p>If the first argument is a <a href="#t_signed">signed</a> type, the | 
 | 1912 | most significant bit is duplicated in the newly free'd bit positions.  | 
 | 1913 | If the first argument is unsigned, zero bits shall fill the empty | 
 | 1914 | positions.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | <pre>  <result> = shr int 4, ubyte %var   <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 >> %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8c6bb90 | 2003-06-18 21:30:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 |   <result> = shr uint 4, ubyte 1     <i>; yields {uint}:result = 2</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1918 |   <result> = shr int 4, ubyte 2      <i>; yields {int}:result = 1</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8c6bb90 | 2003-06-18 21:30:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 |   <result> = shr sbyte 4, ubyte 3    <i>; yields {sbyte}:result = 0</i> | 
 | 1920 |   <result> = shr sbyte -2, ubyte 1   <i>; yields {sbyte}:result = -1</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1923 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | <div class="doc_subsection">  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3df241e | 2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 |   <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a> | 
 | 1927 | </div> | 
 | 1928 |  | 
 | 1929 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1930 |  | 
 | 1931 | <p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a | 
 | 1932 | target-independent manner.  This instructions cover the element-access and | 
 | 1933 | vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively.  While LLVM | 
 | 1934 | does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms | 
 | 1935 | will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a specific | 
 | 1936 | target.</p> | 
 | 1937 |  | 
 | 1938 | </div> | 
 | 1939 |  | 
 | 1940 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1941 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 1942 |    <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 1943 | </div> | 
 | 1944 |  | 
 | 1945 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1946 |  | 
 | 1947 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1948 |  | 
 | 1949 | <pre> | 
 | 1950 |   <result> = extractelement <n x <ty>> <val>, uint <idx>    <i>; yields <ty></i> | 
 | 1951 | </pre> | 
 | 1952 |  | 
 | 1953 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1954 |  | 
 | 1955 | <p> | 
 | 1956 | The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar | 
 | 1957 | element from a packed vector at a specified index. | 
 | 1958 | </p> | 
 | 1959 |  | 
 | 1960 |  | 
 | 1961 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 1962 |  | 
 | 1963 | <p> | 
 | 1964 | The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a | 
 | 1965 | value of <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> type.  The second operand is | 
 | 1966 | an index indicating the position from which to extract the element. | 
 | 1967 | The index may be a variable.</p> | 
 | 1968 |  | 
 | 1969 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 1970 |  | 
 | 1971 | <p> | 
 | 1972 | The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of | 
 | 1973 | <tt>val</tt>.  Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of | 
 | 1974 | <tt>val</tt>.  If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the | 
 | 1975 | results are undefined. | 
 | 1976 | </p> | 
 | 1977 |  | 
 | 1978 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 1979 |  | 
 | 1980 | <pre> | 
 | 1981 |   %result = extractelement <4 x int> %vec, uint 0    <i>; yields int</i> | 
 | 1982 | </pre> | 
 | 1983 | </div> | 
 | 1984 |  | 
 | 1985 |  | 
 | 1986 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1987 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 1988 |    <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 1989 | </div> | 
 | 1990 |  | 
 | 1991 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1992 |  | 
 | 1993 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1994 |  | 
 | 1995 | <pre> | 
 | 1996 |   <result> = insertelement <n x <ty>> <val>, <ty> <elt>, uint <idx>    <i>; yields <n x <ty>></i> | 
 | 1997 | </pre> | 
 | 1998 |  | 
 | 1999 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2000 |  | 
 | 2001 | <p> | 
 | 2002 | The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar | 
 | 2003 | element into a packed vector at a specified index. | 
 | 2004 | </p> | 
 | 2005 |  | 
 | 2006 |  | 
 | 2007 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2008 |  | 
 | 2009 | <p> | 
 | 2010 | The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a | 
 | 2011 | value of <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> type.  The second operand is a | 
 | 2012 | scalar value whose type must equal the element type of the first | 
 | 2013 | operand.  The third operand is an index indicating the position at | 
 | 2014 | which to insert the value.  The index may be a variable.</p> | 
 | 2015 |  | 
 | 2016 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2017 |  | 
 | 2018 | <p> | 
 | 2019 | The result is a packed vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>.  Its | 
 | 2020 | element values are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position | 
 | 2021 | <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the value <tt>elt</tt>.  If <tt>idx</tt> | 
 | 2022 | exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the results are undefined. | 
 | 2023 | </p> | 
 | 2024 |  | 
 | 2025 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2026 |  | 
 | 2027 | <pre> | 
 | 2028 |   %result = insertelement <4 x int> %vec, int 1, uint 0    <i>; yields <4 x int></i> | 
 | 2029 | </pre> | 
 | 2030 | </div> | 
 | 2031 |  | 
 | 2032 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2033 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2034 |    <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2035 | </div> | 
 | 2036 |  | 
 | 2037 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2038 |  | 
 | 2039 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2040 |  | 
 | 2041 | <pre> | 
 | 2042 |   <result> = shufflevector <n x <ty>> <v1>, <n x <ty>> <v2>, <n x uint> <mask>    <i>; yields <n x <ty>></i> | 
 | 2043 | </pre> | 
 | 2044 |  | 
 | 2045 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2046 |  | 
 | 2047 | <p> | 
 | 2048 | The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements | 
 | 2049 | from two input vectors, returning a vector of the same type. | 
 | 2050 | </p> | 
 | 2051 |  | 
 | 2052 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2053 |  | 
 | 2054 | <p> | 
 | 2055 | The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors | 
 | 2056 | with types that match each other and types that match the result of the | 
 | 2057 | instruction.  The third argument is a shuffle mask, which has the same number | 
 | 2058 | of elements as the other vector type, but whose element type is always 'uint'. | 
 | 2059 | </p> | 
 | 2060 |  | 
 | 2061 | <p> | 
 | 2062 | The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either | 
 | 2063 | constant integer or undef values. | 
 | 2064 | </p> | 
 | 2065 |  | 
 | 2066 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2067 |  | 
 | 2068 | <p> | 
 | 2069 | The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across | 
 | 2070 | both of the vectors.  The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of | 
 | 2071 | the result vector, which element of the two input registers the result element | 
 | 2072 | gets.  The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the second | 
 | 2073 | operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector. | 
 | 2074 | </p> | 
 | 2075 |  | 
 | 2076 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2077 |  | 
 | 2078 | <pre> | 
 | 2079 |   %result = shufflevector <4 x int> %v1, <4 x int> %v2,  | 
 | 2080 |                           <4 x uint> <uint 0, uint 4, uint 1, uint 5>    <i>; yields <4 x int></i> | 
 | 2081 |   %result = shufflevector <4 x int> %v1, <4 x int> undef,  | 
 | 2082 |                           <4 x uint> <uint 0, uint 1, uint 2, uint 3>  <i>; yields <4 x int></i> - Identity shuffle. | 
 | 2083 | </pre> | 
 | 2084 | </div> | 
 | 2085 |  | 
| Tanya Lattner | 0947429 | 2006-04-14 19:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 |  | 
 | 2087 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2088 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_vsetint">'<tt>vsetint</tt>' | 
 | 2089 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
 | 2090 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2091 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2092 | <pre><result> = vsetint <op>, <n x <ty>> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields <n x bool></i> | 
 | 2093 | </pre> | 
 | 2094 |  | 
 | 2095 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2096 |  | 
 | 2097 | <p>The '<tt>vsetint</tt>' instruction takes two integer vectors and | 
 | 2098 | returns a vector of boolean values representing, at each position, the | 
 | 2099 | result of the comparison between the values at that position in the | 
 | 2100 | two operands.</p> | 
 | 2101 |  | 
 | 2102 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2103 |  | 
 | 2104 | <p>The arguments to a '<tt>vsetint</tt>' instruction are a comparison | 
 | 2105 | operation and two value arguments.  The value arguments must be of <a | 
 | 2106 | href="#t_integral">integral</a> <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> type, | 
 | 2107 | and they must have identical types.  The operation argument must be | 
 | 2108 | one of <tt>eq</tt>, <tt>ne</tt>, <tt>slt</tt>, <tt>sgt</tt>, | 
 | 2109 | <tt>sle</tt>, <tt>sge</tt>, <tt>ult</tt>, <tt>ugt</tt>, <tt>ule</tt>, | 
 | 2110 | <tt>uge</tt>, <tt>true</tt>, and <tt>false</tt>.  The result is a | 
 | 2111 | packed <tt>bool</tt> value with the same length as each operand.</p> | 
 | 2112 |  | 
 | 2113 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2114 |  | 
 | 2115 | <p>The following table shows the semantics of '<tt>vsetint</tt>'.  For | 
 | 2116 | each position of the result, the comparison is done on the | 
 | 2117 | corresponding positions of the two value arguments.  Note that the | 
 | 2118 | signedness of the comparison depends on the comparison opcode and | 
 | 2119 | <i>not</i> on the signedness of the value operands.  E.g., <tt>vsetint | 
 | 2120 | slt <4 x unsigned> %x, %y</tt> does an elementwise <i>signed</i> | 
 | 2121 | comparison of <tt>%x</tt> and <tt>%y</tt>.</p> | 
 | 2122 |  | 
 | 2123 | <table  border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
 | 2124 |   <tbody> | 
 | 2125 |     <tr><th>Operation</th><th>Result is true iff</th><th>Comparison is</th></tr> | 
 | 2126 |     <tr><td><tt>eq</tt></td><td>var1 == var2</td><td>--</td></tr> | 
 | 2127 |     <tr><td><tt>ne</tt></td><td>var1 != var2</td><td>--</td></tr> | 
 | 2128 |     <tr><td><tt>slt</tt></td><td>var1 < var2</td><td>signed</td></tr> | 
 | 2129 |     <tr><td><tt>sgt</tt></td><td>var1 > var2</td><td>signed</td></tr> | 
 | 2130 |     <tr><td><tt>sle</tt></td><td>var1 <= var2</td><td>signed</td></tr> | 
 | 2131 |     <tr><td><tt>sge</tt></td><td>var1 >= var2</td><td>signed</td></tr> | 
 | 2132 |     <tr><td><tt>ult</tt></td><td>var1 < var2</td><td>unsigned</td></tr> | 
 | 2133 |     <tr><td><tt>ugt</tt></td><td>var1 > var2</td><td>unsigned</td></tr> | 
 | 2134 |     <tr><td><tt>ule</tt></td><td>var1 <= var2</td><td>unsigned</td></tr> | 
 | 2135 |     <tr><td><tt>uge</tt></td><td>var1 >= var2</td><td>unsigned</td></tr> | 
 | 2136 |     <tr><td><tt>true</tt></td><td>always</td><td>--</td></tr> | 
 | 2137 |     <tr><td><tt>false</tt></td><td>never</td><td>--</td></tr> | 
 | 2138 |   </tbody> | 
 | 2139 | </table> | 
 | 2140 |  | 
 | 2141 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2142 | <pre>  <result> = vsetint eq <2 x int> <int 0, int 1>, <int 1, int 0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = false, false</i> | 
 | 2143 |   <result> = vsetint ne <2 x int> <int 0, int 1>, <int 1, int 0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = true, true</i> | 
 | 2144 |   <result> = vsetint slt <2 x int> <int 0, int 1>, <int 1, int 0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = true, false</i> | 
 | 2145 |   <result> = vsetint sgt <2 x int> <int 0, int 1>, <int 1, int 0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = false, true</i> | 
 | 2146 |   <result> = vsetint sle <2 x int> <int 0, int 1>, <int 1, int 0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = true, false</i> | 
 | 2147 |   <result> = vsetint sge <2 x int> <int 0, int 1>, <int 1, int 0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = false, true</i> | 
 | 2148 | </pre> | 
 | 2149 | </div> | 
 | 2150 |  | 
 | 2151 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2152 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_vsetfp">'<tt>vsetfp</tt>' | 
 | 2153 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
 | 2154 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2155 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2156 | <pre><result> = vsetfp <op>, <n x <ty>> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields <n x bool></i> | 
 | 2157 | </pre> | 
 | 2158 |  | 
 | 2159 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2160 |  | 
 | 2161 | <p>The '<tt>vsetfp</tt>' instruction takes two floating point vector | 
 | 2162 | arguments and returns a vector of boolean values representing, at each | 
 | 2163 | position, the result of the comparison between the values at that | 
 | 2164 | position in the two operands.</p> | 
 | 2165 |  | 
 | 2166 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2167 |  | 
 | 2168 | <p>The arguments to a '<tt>vsetfp</tt>' instruction are a comparison | 
 | 2169 | operation and two value arguments.  The value arguments must be of <a | 
 | 2170 | href="t_floating">floating point</a> <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> | 
 | 2171 | type, and they must have identical types.  The operation argument must | 
 | 2172 | be one of <tt>eq</tt>, <tt>ne</tt>, <tt>lt</tt>, <tt>gt</tt>, | 
 | 2173 | <tt>le</tt>, <tt>ge</tt>, <tt>oeq</tt>, <tt>one</tt>, <tt>olt</tt>, | 
 | 2174 | <tt>ogt</tt>, <tt>ole</tt>, <tt>oge</tt>, <tt>ueq</tt>, <tt>une</tt>, | 
 | 2175 | <tt>ult</tt>, <tt>ugt</tt>, <tt>ule</tt>, <tt>uge</tt>, <tt>o</tt>, | 
 | 2176 | <tt>u</tt>, <tt>true</tt>, and <tt>false</tt>.  The result is a packed | 
 | 2177 | <tt>bool</tt> value with the same length as each operand.</p> | 
 | 2178 |  | 
 | 2179 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2180 |  | 
 | 2181 | <p>The following table shows the semantics of '<tt>vsetfp</tt>' for | 
 | 2182 | floating point types.  If either operand is a floating point Not a | 
 | 2183 | Number (NaN) value, the operation is unordered, and the value in the | 
 | 2184 | first column below is produced at that position.  Otherwise, the | 
 | 2185 | operation is ordered, and the value in the second column is | 
 | 2186 | produced.</p> | 
 | 2187 |  | 
 | 2188 | <table  border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
 | 2189 |   <tbody> | 
 | 2190 |     <tr><th>Operation</th><th>If unordered<th>Otherwise true iff</th></tr> | 
 | 2191 |     <tr><td><tt>eq</tt></td><td>undefined</td><td>var1 == var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2192 |     <tr><td><tt>ne</tt></td><td>undefined</td><td>var1 != var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2193 |     <tr><td><tt>lt</tt></td><td>undefined</td><td>var1 < var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2194 |     <tr><td><tt>gt</tt></td><td>undefined</td><td>var1 > var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2195 |     <tr><td><tt>le</tt></td><td>undefined</td><td>var1 <= var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2196 |     <tr><td><tt>ge</tt></td><td>undefined</td><td>var1 >= var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2197 |     <tr><td><tt>oeq</tt></td><td>false</td><td>var1 == var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2198 |     <tr><td><tt>one</tt></td><td>false</td><td>var1 != var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2199 |     <tr><td><tt>olt</tt></td><td>false</td><td>var1 < var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2200 |     <tr><td><tt>ogt</tt></td><td>false</td><td>var1 > var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2201 |     <tr><td><tt>ole</tt></td><td>false</td><td>var1 <= var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2202 |     <tr><td><tt>oge</tt></td><td>false</td><td>var1 >= var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2203 |     <tr><td><tt>ueq</tt></td><td>true</td><td>var1 == var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2204 |     <tr><td><tt>une</tt></td><td>true</td><td>var1 != var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2205 |     <tr><td><tt>ult</tt></td><td>true</td><td>var1 < var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2206 |     <tr><td><tt>ugt</tt></td><td>true</td><td>var1 > var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2207 |     <tr><td><tt>ule</tt></td><td>true</td><td>var1 <= var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2208 |     <tr><td><tt>uge</tt></td><td>true</td><td>var1 >= var2</td></tr> | 
 | 2209 |     <tr><td><tt>o</tt></td><td>false</td><td>always</td></tr> | 
 | 2210 |     <tr><td><tt>u</tt></td><td>true</td><td>never</td></tr> | 
 | 2211 |     <tr><td><tt>true</tt></td><td>true</td><td>always</td></tr> | 
 | 2212 |     <tr><td><tt>false</tt></td><td>false</td><td>never</td></tr> | 
 | 2213 |   </tbody> | 
 | 2214 | </table> | 
 | 2215 |  | 
 | 2216 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2217 | <pre>  <result> = vsetfp eq <2 x float> <float 0.0, float 1.0>, <float 1.0, float 0.0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = false, false</i> | 
 | 2218 |   <result> = vsetfp ne <2 x float> <float 0.0, float 1.0>, <float 1.0, float 0.0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = true, true</i> | 
 | 2219 |   <result> = vsetfp lt <2 x float> <float 0.0, float 1.0>, <float 1.0, float 0.0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = true, false</i> | 
 | 2220 |   <result> = vsetfp gt <2 x float> <float 0.0, float 1.0>, <float 1.0, float 0.0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = false, true</i> | 
 | 2221 |   <result> = vsetfp le <2 x float> <float 0.0, float 1.0>, <float 1.0, float 0.0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = true, false</i> | 
 | 2222 |   <result> = vsetfp ge <2 x float> <float 0.0, float 1.0>, <float 1.0, float 0.0>      <i>; yields {<2 x bool>}:result = false, true</i> | 
 | 2223 | </pre> | 
 | 2224 | </div> | 
 | 2225 |  | 
 | 2226 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2227 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2228 |    <a name="i_vselect">'<tt>vselect</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2229 | </div> | 
 | 2230 |  | 
 | 2231 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2232 |  | 
 | 2233 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2234 |  | 
 | 2235 | <pre> | 
 | 2236 |   <result> = vselect <n x bool> <cond>, <n x <ty>> <val1>, <n x <ty>> <val2> <i>; yields <n x <ty>></i> | 
 | 2237 | </pre> | 
 | 2238 |  | 
 | 2239 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2240 |  | 
 | 2241 | <p> | 
 | 2242 | The '<tt>vselect</tt>' instruction chooses one value at each position | 
 | 2243 | of a vector based on a condition. | 
 | 2244 | </p> | 
 | 2245 |  | 
 | 2246 |  | 
 | 2247 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2248 |  | 
 | 2249 | <p> | 
 | 2250 | The '<tt>vselect</tt>' instruction requires a <a | 
 | 2251 | href="#t_packed">packed</a> <tt>bool</tt> value indicating the | 
 | 2252 | condition at each vector position, and two values of the same packed | 
 | 2253 | type.  All three operands must have the same length.  The type of the | 
 | 2254 | result is the same as the type of the two value operands.</p> | 
 | 2255 |  | 
 | 2256 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2257 |  | 
 | 2258 | <p> | 
 | 2259 | At each position where the <tt>bool</tt> vector is true, that position | 
 | 2260 | of the result gets its value from the first value argument; otherwise, | 
 | 2261 | it gets its value from the second value argument. | 
 | 2262 | </p> | 
 | 2263 |  | 
 | 2264 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2265 |  | 
 | 2266 | <pre> | 
 | 2267 |   %X = vselect bool <2 x bool> <bool true, bool false>, <2 x ubyte> <ubyte 17, ubyte 17>,  | 
 | 2268 |     <2 x ubyte> <ubyte 42, ubyte 42>      <i>; yields <2 x ubyte>:17, 42</i> | 
 | 2269 | </pre> | 
 | 2270 | </div> | 
 | 2271 |  | 
 | 2272 |  | 
 | 2273 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3df241e | 2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2274 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 2275 | <div class="doc_subsection">  | 
| Chris Lattner | 884a970 | 2006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 |   <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | </div> | 
 | 2278 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | <p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it | 
 | 2282 | represents memory.  In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which | 
 | 2283 | makes things very simple.  This section describes how to read, write, | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | allocate, and free memory in LLVM.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2290 |   <a name="i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2291 | </div> | 
 | 2292 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2293 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2296 |  | 
 | 2297 | <pre> | 
 | 2298 |   <result> = malloc <type>[, uint <NumElements>][, align <alignment>]     <i>; yields {type*}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | <p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates memory from the system | 
 | 2304 | heap and returns a pointer to it.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2307 |  | 
 | 2308 | <p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates | 
 | 2309 | <tt>sizeof(<type>)*NumElements</tt> | 
| John Criswell | 6e4ca61 | 2004-02-24 16:13:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2310 | bytes of memory from the operating system and returns a pointer of the | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2311 | appropriate type to the program.  If "NumElements" is specified, it is the | 
 | 2312 | number of elements allocated.  If an alignment is specified, the value result | 
 | 2313 | of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary.  If | 
 | 2314 | not specified, or if zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on any | 
 | 2315 | convenient boundary.</p> | 
 | 2316 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | <p>'<tt>type</tt>' must be a sized type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | <p>Memory is allocated using the system "<tt>malloc</tt>" function, and | 
 | 2322 | a pointer is returned.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2325 |  | 
 | 2326 | <pre> | 
 | 2327 |   %array  = malloc [4 x ubyte ]                    <i>; yields {[%4 x ubyte]*}:array</i> | 
 | 2328 |  | 
 | 2329 |   %size   = <a href="#i_add">add</a> uint 2, 2                          <i>; yields {uint}:size = uint 4</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 |   %array1 = malloc ubyte, uint 4                   <i>; yields {ubyte*}:array1</i> | 
 | 2331 |   %array2 = malloc [12 x ubyte], uint %size        <i>; yields {[12 x ubyte]*}:array2</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 |   %array3 = malloc int, uint 4, align 1024         <i>; yields {int*}:array3</i> | 
 | 2333 |   %array4 = malloc int, align 1024                 <i>; yields {int*}:array4</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2339 |   <a name="i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2340 | </div> | 
 | 2341 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 |  | 
 | 2346 | <pre> | 
 | 2347 |   free <type> <value>                              <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | <p>The '<tt>free</tt>' instruction returns memory back to the unused | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | memory heap to be reallocated in the future.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2354 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | <p>'<tt>value</tt>' shall be a pointer value that points to a value | 
 | 2358 | that was allocated with the '<tt><a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a></tt>' | 
 | 2359 | instruction.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 |  | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | <p>Access to the memory pointed to by the pointer is no longer defined | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | after this instruction executes.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2365 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 |  | 
 | 2368 | <pre> | 
 | 2369 |   %array  = <a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a> [4 x ubyte]                    <i>; yields {[4 x ubyte]*}:array</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 |             free   [4 x ubyte]* %array | 
 | 2371 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2376 |   <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2377 | </div> | 
 | 2378 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2379 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2380 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2382 |  | 
 | 2383 | <pre> | 
 | 2384 |   <result> = alloca <type>[, uint <NumElements>][, align <alignment>]     <i>; yields {type*}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | <p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the current | 
 | 2390 | stack frame of the procedure that is live until the current function | 
 | 2391 | returns to its caller.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2392 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2394 |  | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | <p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates <tt>sizeof(<type>)*NumElements</tt> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 | bytes of memory on the runtime stack, returning a pointer of the | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2397 | appropriate type to the program.    If "NumElements" is specified, it is the | 
 | 2398 | number of elements allocated.  If an alignment is specified, the value result | 
 | 2399 | of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary.  If | 
 | 2400 | not specified, or if zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on any | 
 | 2401 | convenient boundary.</p> | 
 | 2402 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | <p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 |  | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 | <p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned.  '<tt>alloca</tt>'d | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | memory is automatically released when the function returns.  The '<tt>alloca</tt>' | 
 | 2409 | instruction is commonly used to represent automatic variables that must | 
 | 2410 | have an address available.  When the function returns (either with the <tt><a | 
| John Criswell | dae2e93 | 2005-05-12 16:55:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 |  href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt> or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | instructions), the memory is reclaimed.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 |  | 
 | 2416 | <pre> | 
 | 2417 |   %ptr = alloca int                              <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 |   %ptr = alloca int, uint 4                      <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 |   %ptr = alloca int, uint 4, align 1024          <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
 | 2420 |   %ptr = alloca int, align 1024                  <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' | 
 | 2426 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | <pre>  <result> = load <ty>* <pointer><br>  <result> = volatile load <ty>* <pointer><br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 | <p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | <p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | address from which to load.  The pointer must point to a <a | 
| Chris Lattner | e53e508 | 2004-06-03 22:57:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 |  href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type.  If the <tt>load</tt> is | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | the number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other | 
 | 2438 | volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> | 
 | 2439 | instructions. </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2440 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2441 | <p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 | <pre>  %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> int                               <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
 | 2444 |   <a | 
 | 2445 |  href="#i_store">store</a> int 3, int* %ptr                          <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 |   %val = load int* %ptr                           <i>; yields {int}:val = int 3</i> | 
 | 2447 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' | 
 | 2451 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | <pre>  store <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>                   <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | f065107 | 2003-09-08 18:27:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2454 |   volatile store <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>                   <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | <p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | <p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | to store and an address in which to store it.  The type of the '<tt><pointer></tt>' | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | operand must be a pointer to the type of the '<tt><value></tt>' | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or order of execution of | 
 | 2464 | this <tt>store</tt> with other volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a | 
 | 2465 |  href="#i_store">store</a></tt> instructions.</p> | 
 | 2466 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2467 | <p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt><value></tt>' | 
 | 2468 | at the location specified by the '<tt><pointer></tt>' operand.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2469 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 | <pre>  %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> int                               <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
 | 2471 |   <a | 
 | 2472 |  href="#i_store">store</a> int 3, int* %ptr                          <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 |   %val = load int* %ptr                           <i>; yields {int}:val = int 3</i> | 
 | 2474 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2475 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2476 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2477 |    <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2478 | </div> | 
 | 2479 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 | <pre> | 
 | 2483 |   <result> = getelementptr <ty>* <ptrval>{, <ty> <idx>}* | 
 | 2484 | </pre> | 
 | 2485 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 |  | 
 | 2488 | <p> | 
 | 2489 | The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a | 
 | 2490 | subelement of an aggregate data structure.</p> | 
 | 2491 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2492 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 |  | 
 | 2494 | <p>This instruction takes a list of integer constants that indicate what | 
 | 2495 | elements of the aggregate object to index to.  The actual types of the arguments | 
 | 2496 | provided depend on the type of the first pointer argument.  The | 
 | 2497 | '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to index down through the type | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2498 | levels of a structure or to a specific index in an array.  When indexing into a | 
 | 2499 | structure, only <tt>uint</tt> | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 | integer constants are allowed.  When indexing into an array or pointer, | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | <tt>int</tt> and <tt>long</tt> indexes are allowed of any sign.</p> | 
 | 2502 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2503 | <p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets | 
 | 2504 | compiled to LLVM:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2505 |  | 
 | 2506 | <pre> | 
 | 2507 |   struct RT { | 
 | 2508 |     char A; | 
 | 2509 |     int B[10][20]; | 
 | 2510 |     char C; | 
 | 2511 |   }; | 
 | 2512 |   struct ST { | 
 | 2513 |     int X; | 
 | 2514 |     double Y; | 
 | 2515 |     struct RT Z; | 
 | 2516 |   }; | 
 | 2517 |  | 
 | 2518 |   int *foo(struct ST *s) { | 
 | 2519 |     return &s[1].Z.B[5][13]; | 
 | 2520 |   } | 
 | 2521 | </pre> | 
 | 2522 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 | <p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2524 |  | 
 | 2525 | <pre> | 
 | 2526 |   %RT = type { sbyte, [10 x [20 x int]], sbyte } | 
 | 2527 |   %ST = type { int, double, %RT } | 
 | 2528 |  | 
| Brian Gaeke | 7283e7c | 2004-07-02 21:08:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 |   implementation | 
 | 2530 |  | 
 | 2531 |   int* %foo(%ST* %s) { | 
 | 2532 |   entry: | 
 | 2533 |     %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, int 1, uint 2, uint 1, int 5, int 13 | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2534 |     ret int* %reg | 
 | 2535 |   } | 
 | 2536 | </pre> | 
 | 2537 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2538 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 |  | 
 | 2540 | <p>The index types specified for the '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction depend | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | on the pointer type that is being indexed into. <a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | e53e508 | 2004-06-03 22:57:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2542 | and <a href="#t_array">array</a> types require <tt>uint</tt>, <tt>int</tt>, | 
 | 2543 | <tt>ulong</tt>, or <tt>long</tt> values, and <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 | types require <tt>uint</tt> <b>constants</b>.</p> | 
 | 2545 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2546 | <p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>' | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ int, double, %RT | 
 | 2548 | }</tt>' type, a structure.  The second index indexes into the third element of | 
 | 2549 | the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ sbyte, [10 x [20 x int]], | 
 | 2550 | sbyte }</tt>' type, another structure.  The third index indexes into the second | 
 | 2551 | element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x int]]</tt>' type, an | 
 | 2552 | array.  The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | '<tt>int</tt>' type.  The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a pointer | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>int*</tt>' type.</p> | 
 | 2555 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 | <p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a | 
 | 2557 | structure, returning a pointer to an inner element.  Because of this, | 
 | 2558 | the LLVM code for the given testcase is equivalent to:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 |  | 
 | 2560 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | d4f6b17 | 2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 |   int* %foo(%ST* %s) { | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 |     %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, int 1                        <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i> | 
 | 2563 |     %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, int 0, uint 2               <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i> | 
 | 2564 |     %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, int 0, uint 1               <i>; yields [10 x [20 x int]]*:%t3</i> | 
 | 2565 |     %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x int]]* %t3, int 0, int 5  <i>; yields [20 x int]*:%t4</i> | 
 | 2566 |     %t5 = getelementptr [20 x int]* %t4, int 0, int 13        <i>; yields int*:%t5</i> | 
 | 2567 |     ret int* %t5 | 
 | 2568 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | e67a951 | 2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 |  | 
 | 2571 | <p>Note that it is undefined to access an array out of bounds: array and  | 
 | 2572 | pointer indexes must always be within the defined bounds of the array type. | 
 | 2573 | The one exception for this rules is zero length arrays.  These arrays are | 
 | 2574 | defined to be accessible as variable length arrays, which requires access | 
 | 2575 | beyond the zero'th element.</p> | 
 | 2576 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 884a970 | 2006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | <p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing.  For some more insight | 
 | 2578 | into how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr  | 
 | 2579 | FAQ</a>.</p> | 
 | 2580 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e67a951 | 2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | <pre> | 
 | 2584 |     <i>; yields [12 x ubyte]*:aptr</i> | 
 | 2585 |     %aptr = getelementptr {int, [12 x ubyte]}* %sptr, long 0, uint 1 | 
 | 2586 | </pre> | 
 | 2587 |  | 
 | 2588 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2589 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| John Criswell | 4457dc9 | 2004-04-09 16:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2592 | <p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2593 | instructions, which defy better classification.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2594 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2596 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' | 
 | 2597 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33ba0d9 | 2001-07-09 00:26:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | <pre>  <result> = phi <ty> [ <val0>, <label0>], ...<br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33ba0d9 | 2001-07-09 00:26:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 | <p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the φ node in | 
 | 2603 | the SSA graph representing the function.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33ba0d9 | 2001-07-09 00:26:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 | <p>The type of the incoming values are specified with the first type | 
 | 2606 | field. After this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs | 
 | 2607 | as arguments, with one pair for each predecessor basic block of the | 
 | 2608 | current block.  Only values of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> | 
 | 2609 | type may be used as the value arguments to the PHI node.  Only labels | 
 | 2610 | may be used as the label arguments.</p> | 
 | 2611 | <p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic | 
 | 2612 | block and the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in | 
 | 2613 | a basic block.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33ba0d9 | 2001-07-09 00:26:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | <p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the | 
 | 2616 | value specified by the parameter, depending on which basic block we | 
 | 2617 | came from in the last <a href="#terminators">terminator</a> instruction.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | <pre>Loop:       ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...<br>  %indvar = phi uint [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]<br>  %nextindvar = add uint %indvar, 1<br>  br label %Loop<br></pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2620 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2624 |    <a name="i_cast">'<tt>cast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2625 | </div> | 
 | 2626 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2628 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 |  | 
 | 2631 | <pre> | 
 | 2632 |   <result> = cast <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2634 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 |  | 
 | 2637 | <p> | 
 | 2638 | The '<tt>cast</tt>' instruction is used as the primitive means to convert | 
 | 2639 | integers to floating point, change data type sizes, and break type safety (by | 
 | 2640 | casting pointers). | 
 | 2641 | </p> | 
 | 2642 |  | 
 | 2643 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 |  | 
 | 2646 | <p> | 
 | 2647 | The '<tt>cast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a first | 
 | 2648 | class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be a <a | 
 | 2649 | href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. | 
 | 2650 | </p> | 
 | 2651 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 |  | 
 | 2654 | <p> | 
 | 2655 | This instruction follows the C rules for explicit casts when determining how the | 
 | 2656 | data being cast must change to fit in its new container. | 
 | 2657 | </p> | 
 | 2658 |  | 
 | 2659 | <p> | 
 | 2660 | When casting to bool, any value that would be considered true in the context of | 
 | 2661 | a C '<tt>if</tt>' condition is converted to the boolean '<tt>true</tt>' values, | 
 | 2662 | all else are '<tt>false</tt>'. | 
 | 2663 | </p> | 
 | 2664 |  | 
 | 2665 | <p> | 
 | 2666 | When extending an integral value from a type of one signness to another (for | 
 | 2667 | example '<tt>sbyte</tt>' to '<tt>ulong</tt>'), the value is sign-extended if the | 
 | 2668 | <b>source</b> value is signed, and zero-extended if the source value is | 
 | 2669 | unsigned. <tt>bool</tt> values are always zero extended into either zero or | 
 | 2670 | one. | 
 | 2671 | </p> | 
 | 2672 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 33ba0d9 | 2001-07-09 00:26:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2674 |  | 
 | 2675 | <pre> | 
 | 2676 |   %X = cast int 257 to ubyte              <i>; yields ubyte:1</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7bae395 | 2002-06-25 18:03:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 |   %Y = cast int 123 to bool               <i>; yields bool:true</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33ba0d9 | 2001-07-09 00:26:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 |  | 
 | 2681 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2682 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2683 |    <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2684 | </div> | 
 | 2685 |  | 
 | 2686 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2687 |  | 
 | 2688 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2689 |  | 
 | 2690 | <pre> | 
 | 2691 |   <result> = select bool <cond>, <ty> <val1>, <ty> <val2>             <i>; yields ty</i> | 
 | 2692 | </pre> | 
 | 2693 |  | 
 | 2694 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2695 |  | 
 | 2696 | <p> | 
 | 2697 | The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a | 
 | 2698 | condition, without branching. | 
 | 2699 | </p> | 
 | 2700 |  | 
 | 2701 |  | 
 | 2702 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2703 |  | 
 | 2704 | <p> | 
 | 2705 | The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires a boolean value indicating the condition, and two values of the same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. | 
 | 2706 | </p> | 
 | 2707 |  | 
 | 2708 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2709 |  | 
 | 2710 | <p> | 
 | 2711 | If the boolean condition evaluates to true, the instruction returns the first | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 | value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument. | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2713 | </p> | 
 | 2714 |  | 
 | 2715 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2716 |  | 
 | 2717 | <pre> | 
 | 2718 |   %X = select bool true, ubyte 17, ubyte 42          <i>; yields ubyte:17</i> | 
 | 2719 | </pre> | 
 | 2720 | </div> | 
 | 2721 |  | 
| Robert Bocchino | 05ccd70 | 2006-01-15 20:48:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 |  | 
 | 2723 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2724 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 |   <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2726 | </div> | 
 | 2727 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2729 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2730 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 |   <result> = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] <ty>* <fnptrval>(<param list>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2733 | </pre> | 
 | 2734 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2735 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | <p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2741 | <p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 |   <li> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2745 |     <p>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses | 
 | 2746 |     any allocas or varargs in the caller.  If the "tail" marker is present, the | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2747 |     function call is eligible for tail call optimization.  Note that calls may | 
 | 2748 |     be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before a <a | 
 | 2749 |     href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction. | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 |   </li> | 
 | 2751 |   <li> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 |     <p>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="callingconv">calling | 
 | 2753 |     convention</a> the call should use.  If none is specified, the call defaults | 
 | 2754 |     to using C calling conventions. | 
 | 2755 |   </li> | 
 | 2756 |   <li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 |     <p>'<tt>ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value | 
 | 2758 |     being invoked.  The argument types must match the types implied by this | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 |     signature.  This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and | 
 | 2760 |     if the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 |   </li> | 
 | 2762 |   <li> | 
 | 2763 |     <p>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to | 
 | 2764 |     be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but | 
 | 2765 |     indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 |     to function value.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 |   </li> | 
 | 2768 |   <li> | 
 | 2769 |     <p>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the | 
| Reid Spencer | a7e302a | 2005-05-01 22:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2770 |     function signature argument types. All arguments must be of  | 
 | 2771 |     <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature  | 
 | 2772 |     indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra  | 
 | 2773 |     arguments can be specified.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2774 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2779 | <p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to | 
 | 2780 | transfer to a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to | 
 | 2781 | the specified values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' | 
 | 2782 | instruction in the called function, control flow continues with the | 
 | 2783 | instruction after the function call, and the return value of the | 
 | 2784 | function is bound to the result argument.  This is a simpler case of | 
 | 2785 | the <a href="#i_invoke">invoke</a> instruction.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 |  | 
 | 2789 | <pre> | 
 | 2790 |   %retval = call int %test(int %argc) | 
 | 2791 |   call int(sbyte*, ...) *%printf(sbyte* %msg, int 12, sbyte 42); | 
 | 2792 |   %X = tail call int %foo() | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 |   %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> int %foo() | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | </pre> | 
 | 2795 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | fb6977d | 2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 |   <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | </div> | 
 | 2802 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8d1a81d | 2003-10-18 05:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 |  | 
 | 2807 | <pre> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2808 |   <resultval> = va_arg <va_list*> <arglist>, <argty> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 | </pre> | 
 | 2810 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8d1a81d | 2003-10-18 05:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2811 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2813 | <p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | the "variable argument" area of a function call.  It is used to implement the | 
 | 2815 | <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p> | 
 | 2816 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8d1a81d | 2003-10-18 05:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | <p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of | 
 | 2820 | the argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and | 
| Jeff Cohen | 25d4f7e | 2005-11-11 02:15:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | increments the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument.  Again, the | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | actual type of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2823 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8d1a81d | 2003-10-18 05:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2825 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | <p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified | 
 | 2827 | type from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the | 
 | 2828 | <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument.  For more information, | 
 | 2829 | see the variable argument handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic | 
 | 2830 | Functions</a>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 |  | 
 | 2832 | <p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not | 
 | 2833 | take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | function.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2836 | <p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of an <a | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2837 | href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2838 | argument.</p> | 
 | 2839 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8d1a81d | 2003-10-18 05:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 |  | 
 | 2842 | <p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p> | 
 | 2843 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2846 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div> | 
 | 2848 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 |  | 
 | 2852 | <p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function".  These functions have | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | restrictions. Overall, these instructions represent an extension mechanism for | 
 | 2855 | the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations in | 
 | 2856 | LLVM to add to the language (or the bytecode reader/writer, the parser, | 
 | 2857 | etc...).</p> | 
 | 2858 |  | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | <p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This | 
 | 2860 | prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, functions may not be named | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | this.  Intrinsic functions must always be external functions: you cannot define | 
 | 2862 | the body of intrinsic functions.  Intrinsic functions may only be used in call | 
 | 2863 | or invoke instructions: it is illegal to take the address of an intrinsic | 
 | 2864 | function.  Additionally, because intrinsic functions are part of the LLVM | 
 | 2865 | language, it is required that they all be documented here if any are added.</p> | 
 | 2866 |  | 
 | 2867 |  | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | <p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 590cff3 | 2005-05-11 03:35:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>. | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 | </p> | 
 | 2871 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 2876 |   <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 2877 | </div> | 
 | 2878 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 | <p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with the <a | 
| Chris Lattner | fb6977d | 2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 |  href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | intrinsic functions.  These functions are related to the similarly | 
 | 2884 | named macros defined in the <tt><stdarg.h></tt> header file.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2885 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | <p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a | 
 | 2887 | target-specific value type "<tt>va_list</tt>".  The LLVM assembly | 
 | 2888 | language reference manual does not define what this type is, so all | 
 | 2889 | transformations should be prepared to handle intrinsics with any type | 
 | 2890 | used.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 374ab30 | 2006-05-15 17:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2892 | <p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are | 
 | 2894 | used.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | <pre> | 
 | 2897 | int %test(int %X, ...) { | 
 | 2898 |   ; Initialize variable argument processing | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2899 |   %ap = alloca sbyte* | 
 | 2900 |   call void %<a href="#i_va_start">llvm.va_start</a>(sbyte** %ap) | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2901 |  | 
 | 2902 |   ; Read a single integer argument | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 |   %tmp = va_arg sbyte** %ap, int | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2904 |  | 
 | 2905 |   ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 |   %aq = alloca sbyte* | 
| Andrew Lenharth | d0a4c62 | 2005-06-22 20:38:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 |   call void %<a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a>(sbyte** %aq, sbyte** %ap) | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 |   call void %<a href="#i_va_end">llvm.va_end</a>(sbyte** %aq) | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2909 |  | 
 | 2910 |   ; Stop processing of arguments. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 |   call void %<a href="#i_va_end">llvm.va_end</a>(sbyte** %ap) | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 |   ret int %tmp | 
 | 2913 | } | 
 | 2914 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2916 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2919 |   <a name="i_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 2920 | </div> | 
 | 2921 |  | 
 | 2922 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2923 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 | <pre>  declare void %llvm.va_start(<va_list>* <arglist>)<br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2926 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 | <P>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes | 
 | 2928 | <tt>*<arglist></tt> for subsequent use by <tt><a | 
 | 2929 | href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p> | 
 | 2930 |  | 
 | 2931 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2932 |  | 
 | 2933 | <P>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p> | 
 | 2934 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2936 |  | 
 | 2937 | <P>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt> | 
 | 2938 | macro available in C.  In a target-dependent way, it initializes the | 
 | 2939 | <tt>va_list</tt> element the argument points to, so that the next call to | 
 | 2940 | <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to the function. | 
 | 2941 | Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not need to know the | 
 | 2942 | last argument of the function, the compiler can figure that out.</p> | 
 | 2943 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2944 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2945 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2946 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2948 |  <a name="i_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 2949 | </div> | 
 | 2950 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2951 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | <pre>  declare void %llvm.va_end(<va_list*> <arglist>)<br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt><arglist></tt> | 
 | 2956 | which has been initialized previously with <tt><a href="#i_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt> | 
 | 2957 | or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | <p>The argument is a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2961 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | macro available in C.  In a target-dependent way, it destroys the <tt>va_list</tt>. | 
 | 2963 | Calls to <a href="#i_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a> and <a | 
 | 2964 |  href="#i_va_copy"><tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly | 
 | 2965 | with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2970 |   <a name="i_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 2971 | </div> | 
 | 2972 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2973 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2974 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2975 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 |  | 
 | 2977 | <pre> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2978 |   declare void %llvm.va_copy(<va_list>* <destarglist>, | 
| Andrew Lenharth | d0a4c62 | 2005-06-22 20:38:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2979 |                                           <va_list>* <srcarglist>) | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2980 | </pre> | 
 | 2981 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2983 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2984 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position from | 
 | 2985 | the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2986 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2988 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | <p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | d0a4c62 | 2005-06-22 20:38:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2990 | The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy from.</p> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2992 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2995 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt> macro | 
 | 2996 | available in C.  In a target-dependent way, it copies the source | 
 | 2997 | <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination list.  This intrinsic is necessary | 
 | 2998 | because the <tt><a href="i_va_begin">llvm.va_begin</a></tt> intrinsic may be | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | arbitrarily complex and require memory allocation, for example.</p> | 
 | 3000 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3003 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 3004 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3005 |   <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 3006 | </div> | 
 | 3007 |  | 
 | 3008 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3009 |  | 
 | 3010 | <p> | 
 | 3011 | LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage | 
 | 3012 | Collection</a> requires the implementation and generation of these intrinsics. | 
 | 3013 | These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#i_gcroot">GC roots on the | 
 | 3014 | stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that require <a | 
 | 3015 | href="#i_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#i_gcwrite">write</a> barriers. | 
 | 3016 | Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate these | 
 | 3017 | intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors.  For more details, see <a | 
 | 3018 | href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with LLVM</a>. | 
 | 3019 | </p> | 
 | 3020 | </div> | 
 | 3021 |  | 
 | 3022 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3023 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3024 |   <a name="i_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3025 | </div> | 
 | 3026 |  | 
 | 3027 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3028 |  | 
 | 3029 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3030 |  | 
 | 3031 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | a8d451e | 2005-04-26 20:50:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3032 |   declare void %llvm.gcroot(<ty>** %ptrloc, <ty2>* %metadata) | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3033 | </pre> | 
 | 3034 |  | 
 | 3035 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3036 |  | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3037 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 | the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p> | 
 | 3039 |  | 
 | 3040 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3041 |  | 
 | 3042 | <p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the | 
 | 3043 | root pointer.  The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a global | 
 | 3044 | value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the root.</p> | 
 | 3045 |  | 
 | 3046 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3047 |  | 
 | 3048 | <p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsics stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc" | 
 | 3049 | location.  At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow | 
 | 3050 | the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. | 
 | 3051 | </p> | 
 | 3052 |  | 
 | 3053 | </div> | 
 | 3054 |  | 
 | 3055 |  | 
 | 3056 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3057 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3058 |   <a name="i_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3059 | </div> | 
 | 3060 |  | 
 | 3061 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3062 |  | 
 | 3063 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3064 |  | 
 | 3065 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 80626e9 | 2006-03-14 20:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 |   declare sbyte* %llvm.gcread(sbyte* %ObjPtr, sbyte** %Ptr) | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3067 | </pre> | 
 | 3068 |  | 
 | 3069 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3070 |  | 
 | 3071 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap | 
 | 3072 | locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read | 
 | 3073 | barriers.</p> | 
 | 3074 |  | 
 | 3075 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3076 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 80626e9 | 2006-03-14 20:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3077 | <p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address | 
 | 3078 | allocated from the garbage collector.  The first object is a pointer to the  | 
 | 3079 | start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise | 
 | 3080 | null).</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 |  | 
 | 3082 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3083 |  | 
 | 3084 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load | 
 | 3085 | instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the | 
 | 3086 | garbage collector runtime, as needed.</p> | 
 | 3087 |  | 
 | 3088 | </div> | 
 | 3089 |  | 
 | 3090 |  | 
 | 3091 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3092 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3093 |   <a name="i_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3094 | </div> | 
 | 3095 |  | 
 | 3096 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3097 |  | 
 | 3098 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3099 |  | 
 | 3100 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 80626e9 | 2006-03-14 20:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 |   declare void %llvm.gcwrite(sbyte* %P1, sbyte* %Obj, sbyte** %P2) | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | </pre> | 
 | 3103 |  | 
 | 3104 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3105 |  | 
 | 3106 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap | 
 | 3107 | locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write | 
 | 3108 | barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p> | 
 | 3109 |  | 
 | 3110 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3111 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 80626e9 | 2006-03-14 20:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3112 | <p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the | 
 | 3113 | object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to  | 
 | 3114 | store to.  If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may be | 
 | 3115 | null.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3116 |  | 
 | 3117 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3118 |  | 
 | 3119 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store | 
 | 3120 | instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the | 
 | 3121 | garbage collector runtime, as needed.</p> | 
 | 3122 |  | 
 | 3123 | </div> | 
 | 3124 |  | 
 | 3125 |  | 
 | 3126 |  | 
 | 3127 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 3128 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 |   <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 3130 | </div> | 
 | 3131 |  | 
 | 3132 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3133 | <p> | 
 | 3134 | These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may only | 
 | 3135 | be implemented with code generator support. | 
 | 3136 | </p> | 
 | 3137 |  | 
 | 3138 | </div> | 
 | 3139 |  | 
 | 3140 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3141 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3142 |   <a name="i_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3143 | </div> | 
 | 3144 |  | 
 | 3145 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3146 |  | 
 | 3147 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3148 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | fcf39d4 | 2006-01-13 01:20:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 |   declare sbyte *%llvm.returnaddress(uint <level>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3150 | </pre> | 
 | 3151 |  | 
 | 3152 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3153 |  | 
 | 3154 | <p> | 
 | 3155 | The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic returns a target-specific value | 
 | 3156 | indicating the return address of the current function or one of its callers. | 
 | 3157 | </p> | 
 | 3158 |  | 
 | 3159 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3160 |  | 
 | 3161 | <p> | 
 | 3162 | The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address | 
 | 3163 | for.  Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.  The | 
 | 3164 | argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value. | 
 | 3165 | </p> | 
 | 3166 |  | 
 | 3167 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3168 |  | 
 | 3169 | <p> | 
 | 3170 | The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating | 
 | 3171 | the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be | 
 | 3172 | identified.  The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0 | 
 | 3173 | for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes. | 
 | 3174 | </p> | 
 | 3175 |  | 
 | 3176 | <p> | 
 | 3177 | Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other | 
| Chris Lattner | b40bb38 | 2005-03-07 20:30:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3178 | aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3179 | source-language caller. | 
 | 3180 | </p> | 
 | 3181 | </div> | 
 | 3182 |  | 
 | 3183 |  | 
 | 3184 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3185 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3186 |   <a name="i_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3187 | </div> | 
 | 3188 |  | 
 | 3189 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3190 |  | 
 | 3191 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3192 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | fcf39d4 | 2006-01-13 01:20:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 |   declare sbyte *%llvm.frameaddress(uint <level>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | </pre> | 
 | 3195 |  | 
 | 3196 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3197 |  | 
 | 3198 | <p> | 
 | 3199 | The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic returns the target-specific frame | 
 | 3200 | pointer value for the specified stack frame. | 
 | 3201 | </p> | 
 | 3202 |  | 
 | 3203 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3204 |  | 
 | 3205 | <p> | 
 | 3206 | The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame | 
 | 3207 | pointer for.  Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, | 
 | 3208 | etc.  The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value. | 
 | 3209 | </p> | 
 | 3210 |  | 
 | 3211 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3212 |  | 
 | 3213 | <p> | 
 | 3214 | The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating | 
 | 3215 | the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be | 
 | 3216 | identified.  The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0 | 
 | 3217 | for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes. | 
 | 3218 | </p> | 
 | 3219 |  | 
 | 3220 | <p> | 
 | 3221 | Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other | 
| Chris Lattner | b40bb38 | 2005-03-07 20:30:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3223 | source-language caller. | 
 | 3224 | </p> | 
 | 3225 | </div> | 
 | 3226 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3227 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3228 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 57e1f39 | 2006-01-13 02:03:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 |   <a name="i_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3230 | </div> | 
 | 3231 |  | 
 | 3232 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3233 |  | 
 | 3234 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3235 | <pre> | 
 | 3236 |   declare sbyte *%llvm.stacksave() | 
 | 3237 | </pre> | 
 | 3238 |  | 
 | 3239 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3240 |  | 
 | 3241 | <p> | 
 | 3242 | The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state of | 
 | 3243 | the function stack, for use with <a href="#i_stackrestore"> | 
 | 3244 | <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>.  This is useful for implementing language | 
 | 3245 | features like scoped automatic variable sized arrays in C99. | 
 | 3246 | </p> | 
 | 3247 |  | 
 | 3248 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3249 |  | 
 | 3250 | <p> | 
 | 3251 | This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed to <a | 
 | 3252 | href="#i_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>.  When an | 
 | 3253 | <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved from  | 
 | 3254 | <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack to the | 
 | 3255 | state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.  In | 
 | 3256 | practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the stack | 
 | 3257 | that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed. | 
 | 3258 | </p> | 
 | 3259 |  | 
 | 3260 | </div> | 
 | 3261 |  | 
 | 3262 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3263 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3264 |   <a name="i_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3265 | </div> | 
 | 3266 |  | 
 | 3267 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3268 |  | 
 | 3269 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3270 | <pre> | 
 | 3271 |   declare void %llvm.stackrestore(sbyte* %ptr) | 
 | 3272 | </pre> | 
 | 3273 |  | 
 | 3274 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3275 |  | 
 | 3276 | <p> | 
 | 3277 | The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of | 
 | 3278 | the function stack to the state it was in when the corresponding <a | 
 | 3279 | href="#llvm.stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic executed.  This is | 
 | 3280 | useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable sized | 
 | 3281 | arrays in C99. | 
 | 3282 | </p> | 
 | 3283 |  | 
 | 3284 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3285 |  | 
 | 3286 | <p> | 
 | 3287 | See the description for <a href="#i_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>. | 
 | 3288 | </p> | 
 | 3289 |  | 
 | 3290 | </div> | 
 | 3291 |  | 
 | 3292 |  | 
 | 3293 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3294 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 |   <a name="i_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3296 | </div> | 
 | 3297 |  | 
 | 3298 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3299 |  | 
 | 3300 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3301 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | a8d451e | 2005-04-26 20:50:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 |   declare void %llvm.prefetch(sbyte * <address>, | 
 | 3303 |                                 uint <rw>, uint <locality>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3304 | </pre> | 
 | 3305 |  | 
 | 3306 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3307 |  | 
 | 3308 |  | 
 | 3309 | <p> | 
 | 3310 | The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to insert | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3311 | a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.  Prefetches have | 
 | 3312 | no | 
 | 3313 | effect on the behavior of the program but can change its performance | 
| Chris Lattner | 2a61536 | 2005-02-28 19:47:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3314 | characteristics. | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | </p> | 
 | 3316 |  | 
 | 3317 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3318 |  | 
 | 3319 | <p> | 
 | 3320 | <tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the specifier | 
 | 3321 | determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1), and | 
 | 3322 | <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no | 
| Chris Lattner | aeffb4a | 2005-03-07 20:31:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache.  The <tt>rw</tt> and | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3324 | <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers. | 
 | 3325 | </p> | 
 | 3326 |  | 
 | 3327 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3328 |  | 
 | 3329 | <p> | 
 | 3330 | This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program.  In particular, | 
 | 3331 | prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value.  On targets that support this | 
 | 3332 | intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for better | 
 | 3333 | performance. | 
 | 3334 | </p> | 
 | 3335 |  | 
 | 3336 | </div> | 
 | 3337 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 7f4ec3b | 2005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3338 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3339 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3340 |   <a name="i_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3341 | </div> | 
 | 3342 |  | 
 | 3343 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3344 |  | 
 | 3345 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3346 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | a8d451e | 2005-04-26 20:50:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 |   declare void %llvm.pcmarker( uint <id> ) | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 7f4ec3b | 2005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 | </pre> | 
 | 3349 |  | 
 | 3350 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3351 |  | 
 | 3352 |  | 
 | 3353 | <p> | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3354 | The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program Counter | 
 | 3355 | (PC) in a region of  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 7f4ec3b | 2005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3356 | code to simulators and other tools.  The method is target specific, but it is  | 
 | 3357 | expected that the marker will use exported symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. | 
| Jeff Cohen | 25d4f7e | 2005-11-11 02:15:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 | The marker makes no guarantees that it will remain with any specific instruction  | 
| Chris Lattner | d07c3f4 | 2005-11-15 06:07:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3359 | after optimizations.  It is possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit  | 
| Chris Lattner | b3e7afd | 2006-03-24 07:16:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3360 | optimizations.  The intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3361 | correlations of simulation runs. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 7f4ec3b | 2005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3362 | </p> | 
 | 3363 |  | 
 | 3364 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3365 |  | 
 | 3366 | <p> | 
 | 3367 | <tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker. | 
 | 3368 | </p> | 
 | 3369 |  | 
 | 3370 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3371 |  | 
 | 3372 | <p> | 
 | 3373 | This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program.  Backends that do not  | 
 | 3374 | support this intrinisic may ignore it. | 
 | 3375 | </p> | 
 | 3376 |  | 
 | 3377 | </div> | 
 | 3378 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 51b8d54 | 2005-11-11 16:47:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3379 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3380 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3381 |   <a name="i_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3382 | </div> | 
 | 3383 |  | 
 | 3384 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3385 |  | 
 | 3386 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3387 | <pre> | 
 | 3388 |   declare ulong %llvm.readcyclecounter( ) | 
 | 3389 | </pre> | 
 | 3390 |  | 
 | 3391 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3392 |  | 
 | 3393 |  | 
 | 3394 | <p> | 
 | 3395 | The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle  | 
 | 3396 | counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those targets | 
 | 3397 | that support it.  On X86, it should map to RDTSC.  On Alpha, it should map to RPCC. | 
 | 3398 | As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order of 9 seconds on alpha), this | 
 | 3399 | should only be used for small timings.   | 
 | 3400 | </p> | 
 | 3401 |  | 
 | 3402 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3403 |  | 
 | 3404 | <p> | 
 | 3405 | When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any memory.   | 
 | 3406 | Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific value or a | 
 | 3407 | system wide value.  On backends without support, this is lowered to a constant 0. | 
 | 3408 | </p> | 
 | 3409 |  | 
 | 3410 | </div> | 
 | 3411 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3412 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 3413 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3414 |   <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 3415 | </div> | 
 | 3416 |  | 
 | 3417 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3418 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3419 | LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions. | 
 | 3420 | These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about the | 
 | 3421 | alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing opportunity | 
 | 3422 | for more efficient code generation. | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3423 | </p> | 
 | 3424 |  | 
 | 3425 | </div> | 
 | 3426 |  | 
 | 3427 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3428 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3429 |   <a name="i_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3430 | </div> | 
 | 3431 |  | 
 | 3432 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3433 |  | 
 | 3434 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3435 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3436 |   declare void %llvm.memcpy.i32(sbyte* <dest>, sbyte* <src>, | 
 | 3437 |                                 uint <len>, uint <align>) | 
 | 3438 |   declare void %llvm.memcpy.i64(sbyte* <dest>, sbyte* <src>, | 
 | 3439 |                                 ulong <len>, uint <align>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3440 | </pre> | 
 | 3441 |  | 
 | 3442 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3443 |  | 
 | 3444 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3446 | location to the destination location. | 
 | 3447 | </p> | 
 | 3448 |  | 
 | 3449 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3450 | Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>  | 
 | 3451 | intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument. | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3452 | </p> | 
 | 3453 |  | 
 | 3454 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3455 |  | 
 | 3456 | <p> | 
 | 3457 | The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3458 | the source.  The third argument is an integer argument | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3459 | specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment | 
 | 3460 | of the source and destination locations. | 
 | 3461 | </p> | 
 | 3462 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3301ced | 2004-02-12 21:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3463 | <p> | 
 | 3464 | If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then | 
| Chris Lattner | f0afc2c | 2006-03-04 00:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are aligned | 
 | 3466 | to that boundary. | 
| Chris Lattner | 3301ced | 2004-02-12 21:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | </p> | 
 | 3468 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3469 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3470 |  | 
 | 3471 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3472 | The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 | location to the destination location, which are not allowed to overlap.  It | 
 | 3474 | copies "len" bytes of memory over.  If the argument is known to be aligned to | 
 | 3475 | some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should | 
 | 3476 | be set to 0 or 1. | 
 | 3477 | </p> | 
 | 3478 | </div> | 
 | 3479 |  | 
 | 3480 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3481 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3482 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3483 |   <a name="i_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3484 | </div> | 
 | 3485 |  | 
 | 3486 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3487 |  | 
 | 3488 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3489 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3490 |   declare void %llvm.memmove.i32(sbyte* <dest>, sbyte* <src>, | 
 | 3491 |                                  uint <len>, uint <align>) | 
 | 3492 |   declare void %llvm.memmove.i64(sbyte* <dest>, sbyte* <src>, | 
 | 3493 |                                  ulong <len>, uint <align>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3494 | </pre> | 
 | 3495 |  | 
 | 3496 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3497 |  | 
 | 3498 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3499 | The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the source | 
 | 3500 | location to the destination location. It is similar to the | 
 | 3501 | '<tt>llvm.memcmp</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to overlap. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3502 | </p> | 
 | 3503 |  | 
 | 3504 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 | Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>  | 
 | 3506 | intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 | </p> | 
 | 3508 |  | 
 | 3509 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3510 |  | 
 | 3511 | <p> | 
 | 3512 | The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3513 | the source.  The third argument is an integer argument | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 | specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment | 
 | 3515 | of the source and destination locations. | 
 | 3516 | </p> | 
 | 3517 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3301ced | 2004-02-12 21:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 | <p> | 
 | 3519 | If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then | 
| Chris Lattner | f0afc2c | 2006-03-04 00:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3520 | the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are aligned to | 
 | 3521 | that boundary. | 
| Chris Lattner | 3301ced | 2004-02-12 21:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3522 | </p> | 
 | 3523 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3524 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3525 |  | 
 | 3526 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3527 | The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3528 | location to the destination location, which may overlap.  It | 
 | 3529 | copies "len" bytes of memory over.  If the argument is known to be aligned to | 
 | 3530 | some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should | 
 | 3531 | be set to 0 or 1. | 
 | 3532 | </p> | 
 | 3533 | </div> | 
 | 3534 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3535 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3536 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3537 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3538 |   <a name="i_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3539 | </div> | 
 | 3540 |  | 
 | 3541 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3542 |  | 
 | 3543 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3544 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3545 |   declare void %llvm.memset.i32(sbyte* <dest>, ubyte <val>, | 
 | 3546 |                                 uint <len>, uint <align>) | 
 | 3547 |   declare void %llvm.memset.i64(sbyte* <dest>, ubyte <val>, | 
 | 3548 |                                 ulong <len>, uint <align>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3549 | </pre> | 
 | 3550 |  | 
 | 3551 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3552 |  | 
 | 3553 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3554 | The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a particular | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3555 | byte value. | 
 | 3556 | </p> | 
 | 3557 |  | 
 | 3558 | <p> | 
 | 3559 | Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt> intrinsic | 
 | 3560 | does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument. | 
 | 3561 | </p> | 
 | 3562 |  | 
 | 3563 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3564 |  | 
 | 3565 | <p> | 
 | 3566 | The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3567 | byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3568 | argument specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the | 
 | 3569 | known alignment of destination location. | 
 | 3570 | </p> | 
 | 3571 |  | 
 | 3572 | <p> | 
 | 3573 | If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then | 
| Chris Lattner | f0afc2c | 2006-03-04 00:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3574 | the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that boundary. | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3575 | </p> | 
 | 3576 |  | 
 | 3577 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3578 |  | 
 | 3579 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3580 | The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting at | 
 | 3581 | the | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3582 | destination location.  If the argument is known to be aligned to some boundary, | 
 | 3583 | this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should be set to 0 or | 
 | 3584 | 1. | 
 | 3585 | </p> | 
 | 3586 | </div> | 
 | 3587 |  | 
 | 3588 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3200628 | 2004-06-11 02:28:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3589 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3590 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3591 |   <a name="i_isunordered">'<tt>llvm.isunordered.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
| Alkis Evlogimenos | 26bbe93 | 2004-06-13 01:16:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3592 | </div> | 
 | 3593 |  | 
 | 3594 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3595 |  | 
 | 3596 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3597 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3598 |   declare bool %llvm.isunordered.f32(float Val1, float  Val2) | 
 | 3599 |   declare bool %llvm.isunordered.f64(double Val1, double Val2) | 
| Alkis Evlogimenos | 26bbe93 | 2004-06-13 01:16:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3600 | </pre> | 
 | 3601 |  | 
 | 3602 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3603 |  | 
 | 3604 | <p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3605 | The '<tt>llvm.isunordered</tt>' intrinsics return true if either or both of the | 
| Alkis Evlogimenos | 26bbe93 | 2004-06-13 01:16:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3606 | specified floating point values is a NAN. | 
 | 3607 | </p> | 
 | 3608 |  | 
 | 3609 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3610 |  | 
 | 3611 | <p> | 
 | 3612 | The arguments are floating point numbers of the same type. | 
 | 3613 | </p> | 
 | 3614 |  | 
 | 3615 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3616 |  | 
 | 3617 | <p> | 
 | 3618 | If either or both of the arguments is a SNAN or QNAN, it returns true, otherwise | 
 | 3619 | false. | 
 | 3620 | </p> | 
 | 3621 | </div> | 
 | 3622 |  | 
 | 3623 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a4d7414 | 2005-07-21 01:29:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3624 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3625 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 |   <a name="i_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | a4d7414 | 2005-07-21 01:29:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3627 | </div> | 
 | 3628 |  | 
 | 3629 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3630 |  | 
 | 3631 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3632 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | f4d252d | 2006-09-08 06:34:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3633 |   declare float %llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val) | 
 | 3634 |   declare double %llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val) | 
| Chris Lattner | a4d7414 | 2005-07-21 01:29:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | </pre> | 
 | 3636 |  | 
 | 3637 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3638 |  | 
 | 3639 | <p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3640 | The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand, | 
| Chris Lattner | a4d7414 | 2005-07-21 01:29:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 | returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' function would.  Unlike | 
 | 3642 | <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined behavior for | 
 | 3643 | negative numbers (which allows for better optimization). | 
 | 3644 | </p> | 
 | 3645 |  | 
 | 3646 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3647 |  | 
 | 3648 | <p> | 
 | 3649 | The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type. | 
 | 3650 | </p> | 
 | 3651 |  | 
 | 3652 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3653 |  | 
 | 3654 | <p> | 
 | 3655 | This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a positive | 
 | 3656 | floating point number. | 
 | 3657 | </p> | 
 | 3658 | </div> | 
 | 3659 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | f4d252d | 2006-09-08 06:34:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3660 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3661 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3662 |   <a name="i_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3663 | </div> | 
 | 3664 |  | 
 | 3665 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3666 |  | 
 | 3667 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3668 | <pre> | 
 | 3669 |   declare float  %llvm.powi.f32(float  %Val, int %power) | 
 | 3670 |   declare double %llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, int %power) | 
 | 3671 | </pre> | 
 | 3672 |  | 
 | 3673 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3674 |  | 
 | 3675 | <p> | 
 | 3676 | The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the | 
 | 3677 | specified (positive or negative) power.  The order of evaluation of | 
 | 3678 | multiplications is not defined. | 
 | 3679 | </p> | 
 | 3680 |  | 
 | 3681 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3682 |  | 
 | 3683 | <p> | 
 | 3684 | The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to | 
 | 3685 | that power. | 
 | 3686 | </p> | 
 | 3687 |  | 
 | 3688 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3689 |  | 
 | 3690 | <p> | 
 | 3691 | This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an | 
 | 3692 | unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p> | 
 | 3693 | </div> | 
 | 3694 |  | 
 | 3695 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3696 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 3697 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3698 |   <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3699 | </div> | 
 | 3700 |  | 
 | 3701 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3702 | <p> | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3703 | LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3704 | These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms. | 
 | 3705 | </p> | 
 | 3706 |  | 
 | 3707 | </div> | 
 | 3708 |  | 
 | 3709 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3710 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3711 |   <a name="i_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 3712 | </div> | 
 | 3713 |  | 
 | 3714 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3715 |  | 
 | 3716 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3717 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3718 |   declare ushort %llvm.bswap.i16(ushort <id>) | 
 | 3719 |   declare uint   %llvm.bswap.i32(uint <id>) | 
 | 3720 |   declare ulong  %llvm.bswap.i64(ulong <id>) | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | </pre> | 
 | 3722 |  | 
 | 3723 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3724 |  | 
 | 3725 | <p> | 
 | 3726 | The '<tt>llvm.bwsap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byteswap a 16, 32 or | 
 | 3727 | 64 bit quantity.  These are useful for performing operations on data that is not | 
 | 3728 | in the target's  native byte order. | 
 | 3729 | </p> | 
 | 3730 |  | 
 | 3731 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3732 |  | 
 | 3733 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3734 | The <tt>llvm.bswap.16</tt> intrinsic returns a ushort value that has the high and low | 
 | 3735 | byte of the input ushort swapped.  Similarly, the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | returns a uint value that has the four bytes of the input uint swapped, so that  | 
 | 3737 | if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1, 2, 3 then the returned uint will have its | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3738 | bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.  The <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> intrinsic extends this concept | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3739 | to 64 bits. | 
 | 3740 | </p> | 
 | 3741 |  | 
 | 3742 | </div> | 
 | 3743 |  | 
 | 3744 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3745 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3746 |   <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3747 | </div> | 
 | 3748 |  | 
 | 3749 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3750 |  | 
 | 3751 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3752 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3753 |   declare ubyte  %llvm.ctpop.i8 (ubyte <src>) | 
 | 3754 |   declare ushort %llvm.ctpop.i16(ushort <src>) | 
 | 3755 |   declare uint   %llvm.ctpop.i32(uint <src>) | 
 | 3756 |   declare ulong  %llvm.ctpop.i64(ulong <src>) | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3757 | </pre> | 
 | 3758 |  | 
 | 3759 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3760 |  | 
 | 3761 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3762 | The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set in a  | 
 | 3763 | value. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3764 | </p> | 
 | 3765 |  | 
 | 3766 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3767 |  | 
 | 3768 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | cfe6b37 | 2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3769 | The only argument is the value to be counted.  The argument may be of any | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3770 | unsigned integer type.  The return type must match the argument type. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3771 | </p> | 
 | 3772 |  | 
 | 3773 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3774 |  | 
 | 3775 | <p> | 
 | 3776 | The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable. | 
 | 3777 | </p> | 
 | 3778 | </div> | 
 | 3779 |  | 
 | 3780 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3781 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8a886be | 2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3782 |   <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3783 | </div> | 
 | 3784 |  | 
 | 3785 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3786 |  | 
 | 3787 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3788 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3789 |   declare ubyte  %llvm.ctlz.i8 (ubyte <src>) | 
 | 3790 |   declare ushort %llvm.ctlz.i16(ushort <src>) | 
 | 3791 |   declare uint   %llvm.ctlz.i32(uint <src>) | 
 | 3792 |   declare ulong  %llvm.ctlz.i64(ulong <src>) | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3793 | </pre> | 
 | 3794 |  | 
 | 3795 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3796 |  | 
 | 3797 | <p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3798 | The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of  | 
 | 3799 | leading zeros in a variable. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | </p> | 
 | 3801 |  | 
 | 3802 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3803 |  | 
 | 3804 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | cfe6b37 | 2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3805 | The only argument is the value to be counted.  The argument may be of any | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3806 | unsigned integer type. The return type must match the argument type. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3807 | </p> | 
 | 3808 |  | 
 | 3809 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3810 |  | 
 | 3811 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 | The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant) zeros | 
 | 3813 | in a variable.  If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type | 
| Chris Lattner | 99d3c27 | 2006-04-21 21:37:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3814 | of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(int 2) = 30</tt>. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3815 | </p> | 
 | 3816 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 3200628 | 2004-06-11 02:28:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 |  | 
 | 3818 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3819 |  | 
 | 3820 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3821 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8a886be | 2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3822 |   <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3823 | </div> | 
 | 3824 |  | 
 | 3825 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3826 |  | 
 | 3827 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3828 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3829 |   declare ubyte  %llvm.cttz.i8 (ubyte <src>) | 
 | 3830 |   declare ushort %llvm.cttz.i16(ushort <src>) | 
 | 3831 |   declare uint   %llvm.cttz.i32(uint <src>) | 
 | 3832 |   declare ulong  %llvm.cttz.i64(ulong <src>) | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3833 | </pre> | 
 | 3834 |  | 
 | 3835 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3836 |  | 
 | 3837 | <p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3838 | The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of  | 
 | 3839 | trailing zeros. | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3840 | </p> | 
 | 3841 |  | 
 | 3842 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3843 |  | 
 | 3844 | <p> | 
 | 3845 | The only argument is the value to be counted.  The argument may be of any | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3846 | unsigned integer type.  The return type must match the argument type. | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3847 | </p> | 
 | 3848 |  | 
 | 3849 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3850 |  | 
 | 3851 | <p> | 
 | 3852 | The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant) zeros | 
 | 3853 | in a variable.  If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type | 
 | 3854 | of src.  For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>. | 
 | 3855 | </p> | 
 | 3856 | </div> | 
 | 3857 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3858 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 3859 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 3860 |   <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 3861 | </div> | 
 | 3862 |  | 
 | 3863 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3864 | <p> | 
 | 3865 | The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt> prefix), | 
 | 3866 | are described in the <a | 
 | 3867 | href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source Level | 
 | 3868 | Debugging</a> document. | 
 | 3869 | </p> | 
 | 3870 | </div> | 
 | 3871 |  | 
 | 3872 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3873 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3874 | <hr> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3875 | <address> | 
 | 3876 |   <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img | 
 | 3877 |   src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss" alt="Valid CSS!"></a> | 
 | 3878 |   <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img | 
 | 3879 |   src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401" alt="Valid HTML 4.01!" /></a> | 
 | 3880 |  | 
 | 3881 |   <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br> | 
| Reid Spencer | 05fe4b0 | 2006-03-14 05:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3882 |   <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3883 |   Last modified: $Date$ | 
 | 3884 | </address> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 | </body> | 
 | 3886 | </html> |